WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL INC
S-1/A, 1998-02-17
SECURITY BROKERS, DEALERS & FLOTATION COMPANIES
Previous: CSK AUTO CORP, S-1/A, 1998-02-17
Next: CAPITOL REVOLVING HOME EQUITY LOAN TRUST 1997-1, 8-K, 1998-02-17



<PAGE>
 
     
  AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 17, 1998.
                                         
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-43687
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                         
                      PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 2     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ---------------
                        WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
         DELAWARE                    6211                    51-0261715
     (STATE OR OTHER          (PRIMARY STANDARD           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER  
     JURISDICTION OF      INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION      IDENTIFICATION NO.) 
     INCORPORATION OR            CODE NUMBER)
      ORGANIZATION)                
                                   
                               6300 LAMAR AVENUE
                          OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS 66202
                                (913) 236-2000
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
 
                                KEITH A. TUCKER
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                        WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.
                               6300 LAMAR AVENUE
                          OVERLAND PARK, KANSAS 66202
                                (913) 236-2000
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
                                  COPIES TO:
           ALAN J. BOGDANOW                        MATTHEW J. MALLOW
        HUGHES & LUCE, L.L.P.             SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM
     1717 MAIN STREET, SUITE 2800                         LLP
         DALLAS, TEXAS 75201                        919 THIRD AVENUE
            (214) 939-5500                      NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10022
                                                     (212) 735-3000
 
                                ---------------
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                                ---------------
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
 
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. [_]
 
                                ---------------
       
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               EXPLANATORY NOTE
 
  The Prospectus relating to the shares of Class A Common Stock to be used in
connection with a United States and Canadian offering (the "U.S. Prospectus")
is set forth following this page. The Prospectus to be used in a concurrent
international offering (the "International Prospectus") will consist of the
alternate page set forth following the U.S. Prospectus and the balance of the
pages included in the U.S. Prospectus for which no alternate is provided. The
U.S. Prospectus and the International Prospectus are identical except that
they contain different front cover pages.
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
   
Issued February 17, 1998     
                                
                             21,700,000 Shares     
                         Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                                  -----------
    
OF THE 21,700,000 SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK BEING OFFERED, 17,360,000
SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE U.S.
UNDERWRITERS AND 4,340,000 SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS. ALL SHARES OF CLASS
A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY
ESTIMATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN $20
AND $22 PER SHARE. SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE FACTORS TO BE
CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.
       
THE COMPANY HAS TWO CLASSES OF AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK CONSISTING OF CLASS A
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY AND CLASS B COMMON STOCK (COLLECTIVELY, THE "COMMON
STOCK"). SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK." HOLDERS OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
ARE ENTITLED TO ONE VOTE PER SHARE AND HOLDERS OF CLASS B COMMON STOCK ARE
ENTITLED TO FIVE VOTES PER SHARE ON EACH MATTER SUBMITTED TO A VOTE OF
STOCKHOLDERS. ALL OF THE CLASS B COMMON STOCK IS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY
TORCHMARK CORPORATION. SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF THE NET PROCEEDS OF THE OFFERING
WILL BE USED TO PREPAY OUTSTANDING INDEBTEDNESS TO TORCHMARK CORPORATION AND
ONE OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES. SEE "USE OF PROCEEDS." ALL HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK ARE
ENTITLED TO RECEIVE SUCH DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS, IF ANY, AS MAY BE
DECLARED FROM TIME TO TIME BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS.     
 
                                  -----------
     
THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING, SUBJECT TO OFFICIAL
NOTICE OF ISSUANCE, ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE UNDER THE TRADING SYMBOL
                                  "WDR."     
 
                                  -----------
       
    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR RISK FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE
                   CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.     
 
                                  -----------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
 
                               PRICE $    A SHARE
 
                                  -----------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PRICE TO UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS PROCEEDS TO
                                      PUBLIC    AND COMMISSIONS(1)   COMPANY(2)
                                     -------- ---------------------- -----------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>                    <C>
Per Share...........................   $               $                 $
Total(3)............................  $               $                 $
</TABLE>
- -----
  (1) The Company and Torchmark Corporation have agreed to indemnify the
      Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
      Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriters."
  (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $  .
     
  (3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters an option exercisable
      within 30 days of the date hereof to purchase up to an aggregate of
      2,170,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the price to the
      public shown above less underwriting discounts and commissions for the
      purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the U.S. Underwriters
      exercise such option in full, the total price to the public, underwriting
      discounts and commissions, and proceeds to the Company will be $   ,
      $   , and $   , respectively. See "Underwriters."     
 
                                  -----------
 
  The Class A Common Stock is offered subject to prior sale, when, as, and if
accepted by the Underwriters and, subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, and
to certain other conditions. It is expected that delivery of the Class A Common
Stock will be made on or about      , 1998 at the offices of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, New York, New York, against payment therefor in immediately
available funds.
 
                                  -----------
 
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                              
                           GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.         
                                                           
                                                        MERRILL LYNCH & CO.     
 
     , 1998
<PAGE>

            [MAP OF WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL OFFICES APPEARS HERE]

       

Map of the United States showing Division and District Offices in the Cities
and states listed: Mobile, Alabama; Anchorage and Wasilla, Alaska; Temple and
Tuscon, Arizona; Bentonville, Arkansas; Capitola, Costa Mesa, Fairfield,
Fullerton, Lodi, Napa (2), Oakland, Rancho Cucamon, Riverside, Sacramento, San
Diego, San Mateo, Santa Clara, Torrance and Woodland Hills, California;
Boulder, Colorado Springs, Denver, Fort Collins, Grand Junction, Greeley,
Littleton (2) and Pueblo, Colorado; Hamden, Connecticut; Clearwater,
Jacksonville, St. Petersburg, Tallahassee and Winter Park, Florida; Alpharetta
and Atlanta (3), Georgia; Davenport and Des Moines, Iowa; Boise, Coeur
D'Alene, Idaho Falls, Lewiston, Meridian, Mountain Home and Twin Falls, Idaho;
Countryside, Elgin, Evergreen Park, Homewood, Joliet, Lombard, Park Ridge,
Springfield and Sterling, Illinois; Indianapolis, Indiana; Dodge City, Garden
City, Great Bend, Hays, Hutchinson, Lawrence, Manhattan, Oakley, Overland
Park, Salina, Topeka and Wichita, Kansas; Fort Wright and Louisville
Kentucky; Braintree, Waltham and Weburn, Massachusetts; Burton, Grand Rapids,
Muskegon and Southfield, Michigan; Bloomington, Duluth, Edina, Plymouth, 
Rochester, and St. Paul, Minnesota; Columbia, Creve Coeur, Joplin, Kansas City
(2) and Springfield, Missouri; Billings, Boulder, Bozeman, Great Falls,
Helena, Kalispell and Missoula, Montana; Charlotte, Raleigh and Winston-Salem,
North Carolina; Bismark, North Dakota; Grand Island, Kearney, Lincoln, Norfolk
and Omaha, Nebraska; Las Vegas and Reno, Nevada; Nashua and Portsmouth, New
Hampshire; Lawrenceville, New Jersey; Albuquerque, New Mexico; Albany (2) and
Rochester, New York; Cincinnati, Dublin and Willoughby, Ohio; Edmond, Lawton
and Tulsa, Oklahoma; Beaverton, Bend, Eugene, Medford, Portland and Salem,
Oregon; Allenton, Erie (2), Harrisburg, Langhorne, Monroeville, Philadelphia,
Pittsburgh and Wyomissing, Pennsylvania; Warwick, Rhode Island; Charleston and
Columbia, South Carolina; Rapid City and Sioux Falls, South Dakota; Memphis
and Nashville, Tennessee; Austin, Corpus Christi, Dallas, El Paso, Fort Worth,
Harlingen, Houston (2), McAllen and San Antonio, Texas; Ogden and Salt Lake
City, Utah; McLean, Richmond and Virginia Beach, Virginia; Bellevue,
Bellingham, College Place, Federal Way, Lynnwood, Pullman, Silverdale,
Spokane, Tacoma, Vancouver and Yakima, Washington; Brookfield and Madison,
Wisconsin; Casper, Cody and Rock Springs, Wyoming.

<PAGE>
 
  NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER
TO BUY ANY SECURITY OTHER THAN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR
DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE
DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREBY WILL UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
  UNTIL     , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO
DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                               ----------------
       
       
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                      PAGE
                                      ----
<S>                                   <C>
Prospectus Summary..................    4
Risk Factors........................   11
Special Note Regarding Forward-
 Looking Information................   16
Use of Proceeds.....................   16
Dividend Policy.....................   17
Dilution............................   17
Capitalization......................   18
Selected Financial and Operating
 Data...............................   19
Management's Discussion and Analysis
 of Financial Condition and Results
 of Operations......................   21
Business............................   24
Management..........................   42
</TABLE>    
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PAGE
                                                                                  ----
<S>                                                                               <C>
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................................   56
Principal Stockholder...........................................................   60
Description of Capital Stock....................................................   60
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.................................................   68
Certain United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-United States Holders..   69
Underwriters....................................................................   71
Legal Matters...................................................................   74
Experts.........................................................................   74
Additional Information..........................................................   74
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements......................................  F-1
</TABLE>    
 
                               ----------------
 
  The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
audited consolidated financial statements and quarterly reports for the first
three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial
information.
 
                               ----------------
 
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE CLASS A COMMON
STOCK. SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK
IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, AND MAY BID FOR AND PURCHASE THE SHARES OF
CLASS A COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
   
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements
(including notes) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise
indicated, the information contained in this Prospectus (i) gives effect to the
transactions described below under "Background," which will have been
consummated prior to or concurrently with the Offering, and (ii) assumes no
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Unless the context
otherwise requires, (i) the "Company" and "Waddell & Reed" refer to Waddell &
Reed Financial, Inc. and its subsidiaries and (ii) "Torchmark" refers to
Torchmark Corporation and its subsidiaries other than the Company. References
to "Common Stock" are to the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock
of the Company.     
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
OVERVIEW
   
  Waddell & Reed, founded in 1937, is one of the oldest mutual fund complexes
in the United States, having introduced the United family of funds in 1940.
Waddell & Reed sells its investment products primarily to middle income
Americans through a virtually exclusive sales force consisting, at December 31,
1997, of 2,160 financial advisers operating from 177 sales offices located
throughout the United States. As of December 31, 1997, the Company had $23.4
billion of assets under management, of which $20.6 billion were mutual fund
assets and the remainder were institutional accounts, and more than 563,000
mutual fund customers having an average account size of $33,200.     
   
  The Company is the exclusive underwriter and distributor of 36 mutual fund
portfolios (the "Funds"), including 17 comprising the United Group of Mutual
Funds (the "United Funds"), eight comprising the Waddell & Reed Funds, Inc.
(the "W&R Funds"), and 11 comprising the TMK/United Funds, Inc. (the
"TMK/United Funds"). The Company also distributes Torchmark underwritten
variable annuities and life insurance products to its customers as part of its
financial planning services. For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company's financial adviser sales force sold $1.5 billion of mutual fund and
variable products.     
          
  The Company's sales force competes primarily with small broker/dealers and
independent financial advisers. The Company's customers generally reside in
smaller metropolitan areas and rural communities. The Company conducts
investment seminars throughout the United States and also develops individual
financial plans for clients (over 40,000 plans in 1997) through one-on-one
consultations with financial advisers, who emphasize long-term relationships
with a client through continuing service, rather than a one-time sale. The
Company believes that it benefits from a developing industry trend toward
"assisted sales"--sales of mutual fund products through a sales person--driven
by the array of options now available to investors and the need for financial
planning advice that has resulted from the recent increase in the average
household's financial assets. According to the Investment Company Institute,
assisted sales for the year ended December 31, 1997 constituted 61.9% of the
total dollar value of mutual fund sales, a figure that has grown from 54.9% for
1994.     
   
  The Company's investment philosophy and financial planning approach emphasize
long-term savings. The Company's portfolio managers seek consistent long-term
performance and downside protection in turbulent markets. As a result, the
Company has developed a loyal customer base with clients maintaining their
accounts for approximately 13 years on average as compared to six years for the
mutual fund industry, according to the Investment Company Institute. This
loyalty is also evidenced by a relatively low fund redemption rate for the five
years ended December 31, 1997 of 7.6% for the Funds (other than money market
funds), which is less than one-half of the industry average of 18.4% and a
relatively high dividend reinvestment rate of 86.6% for the Funds (other than
money market funds) for the same period versus 66.9% for the mutual fund
industry. Approximately 45% of the Company's assets under management were in
retirement accounts as of December 31, 1997.     
  
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company has a seasoned team of portfolio managers, having an average of
20 years industry experience and 14 years tenure with the Company. The five
most senior portfolio managers have an average of 30 years industry experience
and 26 years tenure with the Company. Portfolio managers usually were
investment research analysts for a substantial length of time prior to
acquiring money management assignments. The predominant style of the Company's
investments is growth equity. As of December 31, 1997, approximately 78% of the
Company's mutual fund assets under management were invested in equity funds and
the remainder in fixed income and money market funds. This investment strategy
emphasizes investment at attractive valuations in companies that the portfolio
managers believe can produce above average growth in earnings.     
       
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's business strategy is outlined below.
   
 .  INCREASE NUMBER OF FINANCIAL ADVISERS: The Company intends to expand its
   distribution network by recruiting high quality candidates to be financial
   advisers. The Company's current objective is to increase the number of
   financial advisers by 10% per year. From December 31, 1996 to December 31,
   1997, the number of financial advisers has increased from 2,010 to 2,160.
          
  In 1994, the Company also began implementing a "bridge income" program,
  which provides newly recruited financial advisers with a source of earnings
  until they can develop the skills and client base necessary to earn a
  stable income from commissions. Financial advisers recruited in 1997 who
  participated in the bridge income program produced, on average, at two and
  a half times the rate of non-participants.     
   
 .  CONTINUE TO INCREASE PERCENTAGE OF FULL-TIME FINANCIAL ADVISERS: Since 1993,
   the Company has emphasized increasing the proportion of its sales force that
   sells financial services products on a full-time basis. At December 31,
   1997, the percentage of financial advisers whose annual production is the
   equivalent of investment product sales in excess of $900,000 per year, which
   the Company considers full-time ("Full-Time Advisers"), was 31% of the
   Company's total sales force, up from 18% at December 31, 1992. Over the same
   period, the annual investment product sales per Full-Time Adviser increased
   approximately 25% to a current annual rate of about $1.7 million.     
   
 .  EXPAND GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE: The Company intends to pursue geographic expansion
   of its sales force. In larger communities it intends to establish new
   division offices with the facilities to accommodate up to 20 financial
   advisers, and in smaller communities or suburban areas it will open offices
   with facilities to accommodate a smaller group of advisers. While
   historically the Company has opened new offices in areas that were
   contiguous with existing offices, it now intends to select new locations
   based on expected growth opportunities. Consistent with its focus on
   retirement savings and planning, the Company expects to open new offices in
   Florida and Arizona, as well as smaller offices in other areas of the
   country, in 1998.     
 
 .  ENHANCE MARKETING AND FINANCIAL PLANNING TOOLS: The Company expects to
   implement an improved financial planning package, which will allow its
   financial advisers to customize solutions to a client's savings, retirement
   income, estate planning, life insurance, and other personal financial
   planning needs. The Company has traditionally provided financial planning
   advice to its clients free of charge. The Company now intends to begin
   charging a fee, typically $250, for such services. The Company believes that
   its program of selling its improved financial plans for a fee will stimulate
   sales and result in a significantly higher average sale per plan. The
   Company expects to introduce the revised financial plan by the end of the
   first quarter of 1998.
          
 .  INVEST IN PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND INVESTMENT ANALYSTS: The Company's
   objective is for its Fund families to achieve top quartile performance. The
   Company is also focused on building its industry and geographic expertise.
   To achieve this goal, the Company has begun to implement a plan to add
   several portfolio managers and investment analysts. The Company is
   implementing a new incentive compensation structure that relies on stock
   options and increases in cash compensation to bring total compensation for
   portfolio managers and investment analysts to a more market-competitive
   level.     
 
                                       5
<PAGE>

   
 .  INVEST IN SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY: In order to support its anticipated
   growth, the Company is engaged in projects to enhance its information
   systems. The Company will install a management system in all division
   offices that it believes will better enable division managers to monitor the
   activities of the individual financial advisers including the number of
   sales calls completed, the number of client contacts, and overall sales
   results. The Company has recently completed agreements to outsource the data
   processing components of its transfer agency activities to a third party
   provider by the fourth quarter of 1998. The Company has developed and is
   testing an intranet to be used by its financial advisers to obtain updated
   training materials, product information, and electronic interactive product
   illustrations. In addition, the Company expects that clients will have
   access to the intranet to obtain data related to their personal accounts
   once information security concerns are addressed.     
   
 .  PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES TO EXPAND PRODUCT OFFERING AND
   DISTRIBUTION: The Company intends to selectively pursue acquisitions and
   alliances that will add new products or alternative distribution systems.
   The Company believes that it will be better positioned to pursue
   acquisitions as one of relatively few independent, public investment
   advisory and asset management companies. The Company has traditionally
   distributed its investment products only through its virtually exclusive
   financial adviser sales force. In the future, the Company may acquire
   another fund complex the products of which will likely not be marketed to
   the Company's existing customer base.     
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
Class A Common Stock
Offered
 United States Offering......       
                                    17,360,000 shares
 
 International Offering......       
                                     4,340,000 shares 
 
 Total.......................       
                                    21,700,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be
 outstanding after the
 Offering
 
 Class A Common Stock........       
                                    29,675,000 shares(1)
                                   
 Class B Common Stock........      
                                    34,325,000 shares
 
 Total.......................       
                                    64,000,000 shares(1)
                                        
Use of proceeds...............      
                                    Net proceeds (other than from any exercise
                                    of the over-allotment option) to prepay
                                    Notes (as defined below) payable to
                                    Torchmark in aggregate principal amount of
                                    $428 million, and the excess paid to
                                    Torchmark as a dividend. Net proceeds from
                                    any exercise of the over-allotment option
                                    to be retained by the Company for general
                                    corporate purposes to the extent of $28.0
                                    million, and the excess of $28.0 million,
                                    if any, will be paid to Torchmark as a
                                    dividend. See "Use of Proceeds."     
     
Dividend Policy...............     
                                    The Company currently intends to pay
                                    quarterly dividends of approximately $.1325
                                    per share to holders of Class A Common
                                    Stock and Class B Common Stock.     
Voting Rights 

 Class A Common Stock...            1 vote per share 

 Class B Common Stock...            5 votes per share

NYSE Symbol..............           "WDR" 
- --------
   
(1) Does not include options to purchase 2,372,300 shares of Class A Common
    Stock to be issued pursuant to compensation and benefit plans of the
    Company or 200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be restricted stock
    under the Company's compensation and benefit plans. See "Management--
    Compensation, Benefits, and Retirement Plans." Also, does not include (i)
    options issuable in connection with conversion of options issued under
    Torchmark compensation and benefit plans and (ii) the conversion of 48,000
    shares of restricted stock of Torchmark Corporation issued under Torchmark
    stock plans to Class A Common Stock at the time of consummation of the
    Offering. See "Management--Conversion of Torchmark Equity Compensation to
    Class A Common Stock of the Company."     

                                BACKGROUND 
   
  From 1981 until the Offering, the Company has been a subsidiary of Torchmark.
Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. is a holding company that conducts its business
through its subsidiaries. One subsidiary, Waddell & Reed, Inc. ("W&R"), is a
registered broker-dealer and registered investment adviser that acts primarily
as the nationwide distributor and underwriter for the shares of mutual funds
and distributor of insurance products issued primarily by United Investors Life
Insurance Company ("UILIC"), a subsidiary of Torchmark. Another subsidiary,
Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company ("WRIMCO"), is a registered
investment adviser that provides investment management and advisory services to
the Funds and to institutions and other private clients through a subcontract
with another subsidiary of Torchmark. Finally, Waddell & Reed Services Company
("WRSCO") provides transfer agency and accounting services to the Funds and
their shareholders.     
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Company's outstanding capital stock currently consists solely of common
stock, all of which is held by Torchmark. Prior to the consummation of the
Offering, the Company will file an amended and restated certificate of
incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") that will convert all
currently outstanding common stock into 7,975,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock and 34,325,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, all of which will be held
by Torchmark (the "Recapitalization").     
       
          
  After the consummation of the Offering, the Company will continue to be
controlled by Torchmark, which will own more than 89% of the combined voting
power of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock of the Company.
The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical
rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote
per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to five votes per
share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders and (ii) holders of Class A
Common Stock are not eligible to vote on any alteration or change in the
powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class B Common Stock that would
not adversely affect the rights of Class A Common Stock and vice versa. For
example, holders of Class A Common Stock would not be entitled to vote on
proposals to decrease the voting power of the Class B Common Stock, to decrease
the right of Class B Common Stock to receive dividends, or to diminish the
rights of the Class B Common Stock in liquidation, and vice versa. See "Risk
Factors--Relationship with Torchmark"; "Risk Factors--Conflicts of Interest
Between the Company and Torchmark"; and "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark."     
   
  The Company, in keeping with Torchmark's strategy for its subsidiaries, paid
virtually all of its earnings to Torchmark as dividends. Torchmark has advised
the Company that, subject to certain conditions, it currently intends to divest
its ownership interest in the Company by means of a special dividend to the
stockholders of Torchmark Corporation of all of the Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common Stock owned by Torchmark after the Offering (the "Spin-Off").
The purpose of the Spin-Off is to allow the Company to devote more of its
earnings to support future growth, to allow the Company to set compensation and
other policies on a separate basis from Torchmark, and to maximize the value of
the Offering. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Planned Spin-Off of the
Company" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship With
Torchmark--Spin-Off."     
          
  As of the date of the Offering, the Company owed Torchmark an aggregate
principal amount of $428 million resulting from previous intercompany funding
arrangements and from certain promissory notes issued to Torchmark as dividends
(the "Notes"). The net proceeds of the Offering will be used to prepay the
Notes. Upon consummation of the Offering, the Notes will have been paid in
full, and the Company will have no other debt outstanding except to the extent
the net proceeds of the Offering are less than the amounts due under the Notes.
See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Relationship with Torchmark--Intercompany Debt."     
   
  The Company formerly held all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
UILIC. The Company has declared and paid a dividend of all the capital stock of
UILIC to Torchmark (the "UILIC Dividend"). See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--UILIC."     
          
  In connection with the Offering, the Company is either entering into or
amending several agreements with Torchmark and its affiliates (the "Affiliate
Agreements"), which will provide the basis for future relationships between the
Company and Torchmark. See "Risk Factors--Relationship with Torchmark"; "Risk
Factors-- Conflicts of Interest Between the Company and Torchmark"; and
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark."
       
  In order to address certain potential conflicts of interest that could affect
the Company and its officers and directors, the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company contains provisions concerning the conduct of certain affairs of
the Company as it may involve Torchmark and its affiliates and the Company and
its affiliates. Persons acquiring the Common Stock will be deemed to have
consented to these provisions. These provisions allocate corporate
opportunities between the Company and Torchmark and specify the terms on which
transactions between the Company and Torchmark will not be voidable
notwithstanding the existence of common directors. For a detailed description
of these provisions, see "Description of Capital Stock--Corporate Opportunity
and Conflict of Interest Policies."     
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
   
  The following tables set forth summary historical financial and operating
data for the five years ended December 31, 1997 as well as summary historical
balance sheet data of the Company, as of December 31, 1997 and as adjusted to
reflect the Offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom and to
reflect further repayment of certain affiliated indebtedness. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions." The information set forth should be
read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," and the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the related notes included elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                 FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           --------------------------------------------
                             1993     1994     1995     1996     1997
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Investment management
  fees...................  $ 64,208 $ 70,711 $ 85,289 $101,466 $117,784
 Underwriting and
  distribution fees......    78,037   72,150   70,393   85,837   89,427
 Shareholder service
  fees...................    21,280   22,297   23,527   28,378   30,763
 Investment and other
  income.................    14,681    3,878    4,295    5,295    3,798
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Total revenue..........   178,206  169,036  183,504  220,976  241,772
 Goodwill
  amortization(1)........     1,332    2,903    2,903    2,903    2,903
 Other expenses..........   101,494   89,282   95,894  112,766  123,746
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Total expenses.........   102,826   92,185   98,797  115,669  126,649
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Income before interest
   and income taxes......    75,380   76,851   84,707  105,307  115,123
 Interest income, net....       --     1,915    3,886    3,886       24
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Income before income
   taxes.................    75,380   78,766   88,593  109,193  115,147
 Income taxes............    28,873   31,140   35,092   42,493   44,855
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Income before effect of
   change in accounting
   principle.............    46,507   47,626   53,501   66,700   70,292
 Cumulative effect of
  change in accounting
  principle..............     4,125      --       --       --       --
                           -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
  Net income.............  $ 50,632 $ 47,626 $ 53,501 $ 66,700 $ 70,292
                           ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
 Pro forma net income per
  share:
 Basic and diluted(2)....                                      $   1.10
                                                               ========
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                      AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                      --------------------------
                                                                        AS
                                                        ACTUAL       ADJUSTED
                                                      ------------  ------------
                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Current assets......................................     $130,132      116,534
 Goodwill............................................       98,831       98,831
 Total assets........................................      446,964      265,916
 Total liabilities...................................      676,855       67,807
 Total stockholder's equity..........................     (229,891)     198,109
</TABLE>    
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                               ------------------------------------------------
                                 1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 Financial Advisers:
 Full time(3)................       546       487       505       634       660
 Part time...................     2,141     1,770     1,830     1,376     1,500
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
  Totals.....................     2,687     2,257     2,335     2,010     2,160
 Number of investors(4):
 Mutual funds................   499,400   517,600   537,100   522,600   563,800
 Variable products...........    16,400    22,700    27,800    33,400    38,200
 Average value per
  investor(5):
 Mutual funds................  $ 22,500  $ 21,600  $ 26,100  $ 28,500   $33,200
 Variable products...........  $ 33,700  $ 31,900  $ 39,600  $ 42,900   $49,600
 Redemption rates of mutual
  funds:
 Mutual funds................      7.55%     7.52%     7.64%     7.64%     7.61%
 Industry average(6).........     18.37%    21.27%    17.35%    16.95%    17.86%
 Dividend reinvestment rate:
 Mutual funds................      84.9%     86.0%     86.8%     87.5%     87.7%
 Industry average(6).........      53.9%     65.8%     71.7%     72.6%     73.2%
 Assets under management
  (millions):
 Mutual fund:
  Equity funds...............  $  7,563  $  8,174  $ 10,931  $ 12,990   $16,093
  Fixed income funds.........     3,870     3,349     3,719     3,681     3,921
  Money market funds.........       348       369       442       537       572
                               --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
  Total mutual funds.........  $ 11,781  $ 11,892  $ 15,092  $ 17,208   $20,586
 Institutional(7)............  $  2,659  $  2,606  $  3,397  $  1,862  $  2,831
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Amortization relates to Torchmark's acquisition of the Company in 1981 and
    1993. Current annual amortization is $2.9 million.
       
          
(2) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share has been computed by
    dividing net income, as adjusted to eliminate the after tax interest cost
    on the Notes, by 64,000,000 shares (the average number of shares
    outstanding plus the number of shares, based on the mid-point of the
    offering price range, the proceeds of which would be used to pay the
    Notes).     
   
(3) Financial advisers whose annual or annualized production is the equivalent
    of investment product sales in excess of $900 thousand.     
   
(4) Mutual funds reflect the number of investors in the United Funds and W&R
    Funds. Variable products reflect the number of variable annuity and
    variable life policies.     
   
(5) Mutual funds average value reflects the value for the United Funds and W&R
    Funds. The variable product average is based on the value of TMK/United
    Fund assets divided by the number of variable annuity and life policies.
           
(6) Source: Investment Company Institute. The industry dividend reinvestment
    rate average for 1997 is for the twelve months ended September 30, 1997.
           
(7) Institutional assets include assets of Torchmark affiliates of $0, $77.3
    million, $373.8 million, $390.9 million, and $1,265.0 million at December
    31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.     
       
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
   
  Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risk factors
and cautionary statements before making an investment in the Class A Common
Stock offered by this Prospectus, as well as the other information set forth
in this Prospectus.     
   
RELATIONSHIP WITH TORCHMARK     
   
  Torchmark currently owns all of the outstanding capital stock of the
Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Upon completion
of the Offering, Torchmark will beneficially own approximately 66.1% of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock, representing approximately 89.3% of the
combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of the Company. In
addition, Torchmark and the Company will have a majority of their directors in
common upon completion of the Offering and the Spin-Off. As long as Torchmark
beneficially owns a majority of the combined voting power of the Common Stock,
it will have the ability to elect all of the members of the Board of Directors
and thereby to control the management and affairs of the Company, including
any determinations with respect to acquisitions, dispositions, borrowings,
issuances of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, and the
declaration and payment of any dividends on the Common Stock. In addition,
Torchmark will be able to determine the outcome of any matter submitted to a
vote of the Company's stockholders for approval and will be able to cause or
prevent a change in control of the Company. As a result of Torchmark's control
of the Company, none of the Affiliate Agreements resulted from "arm's-length"
negotiations, although the parties endeavored to implement market based
agreements. There can be no assurance that the Company would not have received
more favorable terms from an unaffiliated party. For a description of the
Affiliate Agreements, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Relationship with Torchmark."     
   
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND TORCHMARK     
 
  Conflicts of interest may arise between the Company and Torchmark in a
number of areas relating to their past and ongoing relationships, including
the nature, quality, and pricing of services rendered by the Company to
Torchmark or by Torchmark to the Company, potential competitive business
activities, shared marketing functions, tax and employee benefit matters,
indemnity agreements, sales or distributions by Torchmark of all or any
portion of its ownership interest in the Company, or Torchmark's ability to
control the management and affairs of the Company. There can be no assurance
that Torchmark and the Company will be able to resolve any potential conflict
or that, if resolved, the Company would not receive more favorable resolution
if it were dealing with an unaffiliated party. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions--Corporate
Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies."
   
TORCHMARK'S ABILITY TO DISPOSE OF COMMON STOCK     
   
  If the Spin-Off does not occur, Torchmark could decide to sell or otherwise
dispose of all or a portion of its Common Stock at some future date. See "--
Risk of Future Sale or Distribution of Shares of Common Stock." There can be
no assurance that any holders of Class A Common Stock will be allowed to
participate in any transfer by Torchmark of a controlling interest in the
Company or will realize any premium with respect to their shares of Class A
Common Stock.     
   
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH TWO CLASSES OF COMMON STOCK     
   
  The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have identical
rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one
vote per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to five
votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders and (ii) holders
of Class A Common Stock are not eligible to vote on any alteration of the
powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class B Common Stock that would
not adversely affect the Class A Common Stock and vice versa. For example,
holders of Class A Common Stock would not be entitled to vote on proposals to
decrease the voting power of     
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
   
the Class B Common Stock, to decrease the right of Class B Common Stock to
receive dividends, or to diminish the rights of the Class B Common Stock in
liquidation, and vice versa. The differential in the voting rights could,
however, adversely affect the value of the Class A Common Stock to the extent
that investors or any potential future purchaser of the Company views the
superior voting rights of the Class B Common Stock to have value. The
existence of two separate classes of Common Stock could result in less
liquidity for either class of Common Stock than if there were only one class
of Common Stock.     
   
RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PLANNED SPIN-OFF OF THE COMPANY     
   
  Torchmark has advised the Company that, subject to certain conditions,
Torchmark intends to divest its ownership interest in the Company in the Spin-
Off by means of a special dividend to Torchmark Corporation shareholders of
all of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock owned by Torchmark.
Torchmark has advised the Company that it presently anticipates that the Spin-
Off will occur in the fourth quarter of 1998. Among other things, the Spin-Off
is conditioned on the receipt of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service to
the effect that the Spin-Off will qualify as a tax-free distribution under (S)
355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). In
connection therewith, it is a condition to the Offering that Liberty (as
defined below), a wholly owned subsidiary of Torchmark (which, before the
Offering owns more than 80% of the outstanding Common Stock and, after the
Offering and the Recapitalization will own more than 80% of the voting power
of the Common Stock) must control (within the meaning of (S)(S)355 and 368(c)
of the Code) the Company. No assurance can be given that such conditions will
be satisfied or waived, nor can any assurance be given that, in any event, the
Spin-Off will occur or that Torchmark will not sell or retain its Common
Stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with
Torchmark--Public Offering and Separation Agreement." The Company has been
advised by counsel that the Spin-Off as presently contemplated should not
result in an assignment of the Company's investment advisory agreements under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act")
or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Advisers
Act") and, therefore, that the Company should not be required under the
Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisers Act to obtain the consent of
mutual fund shareholders to new investment advisory agreements. Were the
Company required to seek shareholder approval of new investment advisory
agreements as a result of a change in circumstances or otherwise, seeking such
approval would result in expenses to the Company, could result in a delay of
the Spin-Off, and would expose the Company to the prospect of not obtaining
the requisite approval.     
   
RISK OF DECLINE IN SECURITIES MARKETS     
 
  The Company's results of operations are affected by certain economic
factors, including the level of the securities markets. Favorable performance
by the United States securities markets over the last five years has attracted
a substantial increase in the investments in these markets and has benefited
the Funds and the Company. A decline in the securities markets, failure of the
securities markets to sustain their recent levels of growth, or short-term
volatility in the securities markets could result in investors withdrawing
from the markets or decreasing their rate of investment, either of which could
adversely affect the Company. Because the revenues of the Company are, to a
large extent, based on the value of assets under management, a decline in the
value of these assets would adversely affect revenues of the Company. The
Company's growth is dependent to a significant degree upon the ability of the
Funds to attract and retain mutual fund assets, and, in an adverse economic
environment, this may prove difficult. The Company's growth rate has varied
from year to year, and there can be no assurance that the average growth rates
sustained in the recent past will continue.
   
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FUND PERFORMANCE     
 
  Success in the investment management and mutual fund businesses is dependent
on the Funds' investment performance. Good performance stimulates sales of the
Funds' shares and tends to keep redemptions low. Sales of Funds' shares
generate higher management fees and distribution revenues (which are based on
assets of the Funds). Good performance also attracts private institutional
accounts to the Company. Conversely, relatively poor performance tends to
result in decreased sales, increased redemptions of the Funds' shares, and the
loss of
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
private institutional accounts, with corresponding decreases in revenues to
the Company. Failure of the Funds to perform well could, therefore, have a
material adverse effect on the Company.
   
RISKS OF TERMINATION OR FAILURE TO RENEW AGREEMENTS     
   
  A substantial majority of the Company's revenues are derived from investment
management agreements with the Funds that, as required by law, are terminable
on 60 days' notice. In addition, each such investment management agreement
must be approved and renewed annually by the disinterested members of each
Fund's board or its shareholders, as required by law. See "Business--
Investment Management Agreements." Any failure to renew or termination of a
significant number of these agreements would have a material adverse effect on
the Company.     
   
  The Company estimates that it will receive revenues for investment services
provided to Torchmark equal to approximately 2.5% of the Company's total
revenues in 1998. After the Offering, the Company will perform these services
pursuant to an Investment Services Agreement which agreement is terminable by
either party on 30 days notice. Additionally, the Company has the right to
distribute variable annuities, life insurance products, and Medicare
supplement and long term care insurance underwritten by a Torchmark
subsidiary. These activities resulted in revenues constituting approximately
12.7% of the Company's total revenues for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The agreements through which the Company has the right to distribute such
products terminate on December 31, 1998. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark--Services to WRAMCO" and
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark--
Agent Agreements." There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be
terminated, or if not terminated, that they will be renewed.     
   
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RETAINING AND RECRUITING KEY PERSONNEL AND SALES FORCE
       
  The future success of the Company depends to a substantial degree on its
ability to attract and retain qualified personnel to conduct its fund
management and investment advisory business. The market for qualified fund
managers, investment analysts, and financial advisers is extremely competitive
and has grown more so in recent periods as the mutual fund management industry
has experienced growth. The Company anticipates that it will be necessary for
it to add fund managers and investment analysts, and it has adopted a strategy
of which the Offering and Spin-Off are a significant part intended to attract
and retain fund managers and investment analysts. See "Business--Business
Strategy." There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will be
successful in its efforts to recruit and retain the required personnel.     
 
  The Company is currently dependent on its sales force to sell its mutual
fund and other investment products. The Company's future growth prospects will
be directly affected by the quality and quantity of financial advisers it is
able to successfully recruit and retain.
   
RISKS OF COMPETITION     
   
  The mutual fund distribution and service and investment management
industries are intensely competitive and are undergoing substantial
consolidations. Many organizations in these industries are attempting to
market to and service the same clients as the Company, not only with mutual
fund investments and services but with a wide range of other financial
products and services. Many of the Company's competitors have more products
and product lines, services, and may also have substantially greater assets
under management and financial resources. Many larger mutual fund complexes
have developed relationships with brokerage houses with large distribution
networks, which may enable these fund complexes to reach broader client bases.
See "Business--Competition."     
   
RISKS OF FUTURE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK     
   
  Subject to applicable law, Torchmark will be free to sell any and all of the
shares of Common Stock it owns after completion of the Offering. In addition,
the Affiliate Agreements provide that Torchmark will have the right in certain
circumstances to require the Company to use its best efforts to register for
resale its shares of     
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
   
Common Stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Relationship with Torchmark--Public Offering and Separation Agreement." Each
of Torchmark and the Company has, however, entered into a lock up agreement
(the "Lock Up Agreement") providing that, subject to certain exceptions, they
will not sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock (other than
the shares offered by this Prospectus or pursuant to employee stock benefit
plans that exist on, or are described in this Prospectus to be implemented
after, the date of this Prospectus) for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, on behalf of the Underwriters. Torchmark will be permitted to
sell in the public market limited amounts of such Common Stock without
registration pursuant to Rule 144 ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), immediately after the shares of
Common Stock owned by Torchmark are no longer subject to the Lock Up
Agreement. Torchmark has also announced its intent, subject to certain
conditions, to effect the Spin-Off. Torchmark will own approximately 66.1% of
the outstanding Common Stock after the Offering. The Spin-Off as currently
proposed could be effected without registration under the Securities Act and
without regard to the limitations of Rule 144. It is also probable that
holders of Class A Common Stock will experience dilution as a result of the
conversion of Torchmark stock options and restricted stock to Class A Common
Stock and related rights. See "Management--Conversion of Torchmark Equity
Compensation to Class A Common Stock of the Company." No prediction can be
made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or distributions of Class A
Common Stock or Class B Common Stock by Torchmark, or the availability of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock for future sale or distribution,
will have on the market price of the Class A Common Stock prevailing from time
to time. Sales or distributions of substantial amounts of Class A Common Stock
or Class B Common Stock, or the perception that such sales or distributions
could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for the Class A
Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."     
   
RISKS OF ACQUISITION STRATEGY     
   
  The Company has no history of finding, acquiring, or integrating other
companies. There can be no assurance that the Company will find suitable
acquisition candidates at acceptable prices, have sufficient capital resources
to realize its acquisition strategy, be successful in entering into definitive
agreements for desired acquisitions, or successfully integrate acquired
companies into the Company, or that any such acquisitions, if consummated,
will prove to be advantageous to the Company.     
   
FUNDS AND INFORMATION IN POSSESSION OF ADVISERS     
   
  The Company's financial advisers handle a significant amount of funds and
financial and personal information for investors in the Funds and purchasers
of other investment and insurance products. Although the Company has
implemented a system of controls to minimize the risk of fraudulent taking or
misuse of such funds and information, there can be no assurance that such
controls will be adequate or that such taking or misuse can be prevented. The
Company could have liability in the event of such taking or misuse and could
also be subject to regulatory sanctions. Although the Company believes that it
is adequately insured against such risks, there can be no assurance that such
insurance will be maintained or that it will be adequate to meet any future
liability.     
   
NO ASSURANCE OF DIVIDENDS; HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE     
   
  The Company's Board of Directors currently intends to declare quarterly
dividends on both the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock. See
"Dividend Policy." The declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are
subject to the discretion of its Board of Directors. Any determination as to
the payment of dividends, as well as the level of such dividends, will depend
on, among other things, general economic and business conditions, the
strategic plans of the Company, the Company's financial results and condition,
contractual, legal, and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by
the Company or its subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board of
Directors of the Company may consider to be relevant. The Company is a holding
company, and, as such, its ability to pay dividends is subject to the ability
of the subsidiaries of the Company to provide cash to the Company. There can
be no assurance that the initial quarterly dividend level will be maintained
or that any dividends will be paid by the Company in any future period.     
 
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
   
RISKS OF IMPLEMENTING NEW INFORMATION SYSTEMS     
   
  A number of the Company's key information technology systems were developed
solely to handle the Company's particular information technology
infrastructure. The Company is in the process of implementing new information
technology and systems (internally and through outsourcing the data processing
portion of its shareholder service functions) that it believes could
facilitate the acquisition and integration of other mutual fund companies. See
" --Risks of Acquisition Strategy." There can be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in implementing the new information technology and systems
or that their implementation will be completed in a timely manner or within
the Company's budget.     
          
VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE     
 
  The market price for the Class A Common Stock may be highly volatile. The
Company believes that factors such as announcements by the Company, or by its
competitors, of quarterly variances in financial results could cause the
market price of the Class A Common Stock to fluctuate substantially. In
addition, the stock market may experience extreme price and volume
fluctuations, which often are unrelated to the operating performance of
specific companies. Market fluctuations or perceptions regarding the Company's
industry, as well as general economic or political conditions, may adversely
affect the market price of the Class A Common Stock.
   
ABSENCE OF A PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET     
   
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will
develop or be sustained. The initial public offering price of the Class A
Common Stock will be determined through negotiation among the Company,
Torchmark, and the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
for the Class A Common Stock after the Offering. See "Underwriters."     
   
YEAR 2000 RISKS     
   
  As the year 2000 approaches, an issue has emerged regarding how existing
application software programs and operating systems can accommodate this date
value. The Company is in the process of modifying its systems and working with
its software vendors to prepare the Company for the year 2000. In addition,
the Company and the Funds have relationships with third parties that have
computer systems that may not be year 2000 compliant. The Company estimates
that its compliance activities will be completed no later than the first
quarter of 1999. The remaining costs of this effort are estimated to be $1.7
million. To the extent the Company's or such third parties' systems are not
fully year 2000 compliant, there can be no assurance that potential systems
interruptions or the cost necessary to update software would not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations, or business prospects.     
   
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REGULATION     
 
  The Company's investment management business is subject to extensive
regulation in the United States, primarily at the Federal level, including
regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission").
Changes in laws or regulations or in governmental policies could materially
and adversely affect the business and operations of the Company. See
"Business--Regulation."
 
POTENTIAL ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
   
  Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors has
the authority, without action by the Company's stockholders, to fix certain
terms and issue shares of Preferred Stock, par value $1.00 per share (the
"Preferred Stock"). Actions of the Board of Directors pursuant to this
authority may have the effect of delaying, deterring, or preventing a change
in control of the Company. Other provisions in the Certificate of
Incorporation and in the Bylaws of the Company (the "Bylaws") impose
procedural and other requirements that could make it more difficult to effect
certain corporate actions, including replacing incumbent directors. In     
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
addition, the Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three classes,
each of which is to serve for a staggered three-year term after the initial
classification and election, and, after Torchmark ceases to be the beneficial
owner of an aggregate of at least a majority of the voting power of the
Company, incumbent directors may not be removed without cause, all of which
may make it more difficult for a third party to gain control of the Board of
Directors. With certain exceptions, (S) 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law (the "DGCL") imposes certain restrictions on mergers and other
business combinations between the Company and any holder of 15% or more of the
voting stock of the Company. Section 203 does not apply to Torchmark's
interest in the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock--Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions" and "Description of Capital Stock--
Business Combination Statute."
   
RISK OF ISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK     
   
  Although the Board of Directors has no current intention of doing so, it
could issue a series of preferred stock that could have powers, rights, or
preferences superior to that of the Class A Common Stock or that could impede
the completion of a merger, tender offer, or other takeover attempt. Such
issuance of preferred stock could be effected without a vote of the holders of
the Class A Common Stock even though some or a majority of the Company's
stockholders might believe that such merger, tender offer or takeover is in
their best interests and even if such transactions could result in
stockholders receiving a premium for their stock over the then current market
price of such stock. See "Description of Capital Stock--Preferred Stock."     
 
              SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
 
  Certain statements under "Prospectus Summary"; "Risk Factors"; "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations";
"Business"; and elsewhere in this Prospectus constitute forward-looking
statements, which involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other
factors that may cause the actual results, levels of activity, performance, or
achievements of the Company, or industry results, to be materially different
from any future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements
expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include,
among others, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
Prospectus. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, no assurance can
be given as to future results, levels of activity, or achievements, and
neither the Company nor any other person assumes responsibility for the
accuracy and completeness of such statements.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
   
  The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the sale of the shares
of Class A Common Stock in the Offering at an assumed public offering price of
$21.00 per share, after deducting underwriting commissions and discounts and
the estimated expenses of the Offering, are expected to be approximately $428
million. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offering to
repay the Notes. The Notes comprise promissory notes payable to Torchmark,
described below as the Torchmark Note, the Second Liberty Note, and the First
Liberty Note. The Company owes $38 million to Torchmark Corporation and $300
million to Liberty National Life Insurance Company, a wholly owned subsidiary
of Torchmark Corporation ("Liberty"), under the terms of two promissory notes
dated November 22, 1997, originally in the aggregate principal amount of $90
million payable to Torchmark Corporation (the "Torchmark Note") and of $390
million payable to Liberty (the "Second Liberty Note") that each mature on
November 22, 2002, and that each bear interest at an annual rate of 8%. Prior
to the Offering, the Torchmark Note was reduced by a $52 million prepayment
and the Second Liberty Note was reduced by a $90 million prepayment. The
Torchmark Note and the Second Liberty Note were distributed by the Company as
a dividend. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship
with Torchmark--Intercompany Debt." In addition, the Company owes
approximately $90 million to Liberty under the terms of a promissory note
dated December 31, 1996, originally in the aggregate principal amount of $124
million, that matures on May 1, 2000 and bears interest at an annual rate of
6% (the "First Liberty Note"). Prior to the Offering, the First Liberty Note
was reduced by a $34 million prepayment. The First Liberty Note was issued in
connection with an intercompany funding arrangement. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark--
Intercompany Debt."     
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
   
  The net proceeds of the Offering (other than the net proceeds from any
exercise of the over-allotment option) will be applied to prepay the
outstanding amounts due under the Notes, and to the extent that the net
proceeds of the Offering (other than the net proceeds from any exercise of the
over-allotment option) exceed the amount outstanding under the Notes, the
excess will be paid to Torchmark as a dividend. If the net proceeds of the
Offering (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) are
less than the amount due under the Notes, the unpaid balance of the Notes will
remain an obligation of the Company. Net proceeds from the exercise of the
over-allotment option will be retained by the Company for general corporate
purposes to the extent of $28.0 million, and the excess over $28.0 million, if
any, will be paid to Torchmark as a dividend.     
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
   
  The Company's Board of Directors currently intends to declare quarterly cash
dividends on both the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock. The
Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock will share equally in any
cash dividend, subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding Preferred
Stock. The Company expects that the first quarterly dividend payment will be
approximately $.1325 per share (an annual rate of approximately $.53), with
the initial dividend to be declared and paid in the second quarter of 1998.
The declaration and payment of dividends by the Company are subject to the
discretion of its Board of Directors. Any determination as to the payment of
dividends, including the level of dividends, will depend on, among other
things, general economic and business conditions, the strategic plans of the
Company, the Company's financial results and condition, contractual, legal,
and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends by the Company or its
subsidiaries, and such other factors as the Board of Directors of the Company
may consider to be relevant. The Company is a holding company, and as such,
its ability to pay dividends is subject to the ability of the subsidiaries of
the Company to provide cash to the Company. Because the Company was a wholly
owned subsidiary of Torchmark prior to the Offering, its historic dividend
payments should not be considered relevant to its future dividend policy. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."     
                                    
                                 DILUTION     
   
  As of December 31, 1997, the Company's net tangible book value was
approximately $(229.9) million, or approximately $(7.77) per share of Common
Stock (based on 42,300,000 Shares of Common Stock). Net tangible book value
per share represents the total book value of the Company's tangible assets
reduced by the amount of the Company's total liabilities, divided by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the
Offering, the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described under
"Use of Proceeds," and further repayment of the Notes as described in "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark--
Intercompany Debt," the net tangible book value of the Common Stock as of
December 31, 1997 would have been $1.55 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in net tangible book value of $9.32 per share to the
Company's existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in tangible book
value of $19.45 per share to new investors purchasing shares of Class A Common
Stock in the Offering at the initial public offering price. The following
table illustrates the per share dilution in net tangible book value to new
investors:     
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                           <C>     <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share..............         $21.00
     Net tangible book value per share at December 31, 1997..... $(7.77)
     Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
      to the sale of Class A Common Stock in the Offering.......   9.32
                                                                 ------
   Net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the
    Offering and the repayment of the Notes.....................           1.55
                                                                         ------
   Dilution in net tangible book value to the purchasers of
    Class A Common Stock in the Offering........................         $19.45
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                 
                              CAPITALIZATION     
   
  The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of
December 31, 1997 (i) on a historical basis and (ii) as adjusted to reflect
the Offering and the application of proceeds therefrom and the further
repayment of the Notes. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Relationship with Torchmark--Intercompany Debt" and Pro Forma Financial
Statements. This table should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and related notes and other financial and operating data
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                         ---------  -----------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Long-Term Debt:
  Notes................................................. $ 480,000        --
Stockholders' Equity:
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 42,300,000 shares issued
   and outstanding......................................       423        --
  Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 150,000,000
   shares authorized; 29,675,000 shares issued and
   outstanding as adjusted(1)...........................       --         297
  Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000
   shares authorized; 34,325,000 shares issued and
   outstanding, as adjusted.............................       --         343
  Additional paid-in capital............................       --     197,125
  Retained earnings.....................................       --         --
  Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities......       344        344
  Dividends in excess of retained earnings and
   additional paid-in capital...........................  (230,658)       --
                                                         ---------   --------
    Total Stockholders' Equity..........................  (229,891)   198,109
                                                         ---------   --------
      Total capitalization.............................. $ 250,109   $198,109
                                                         =========   ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Does not include options to purchase 2,372,300 shares of Class A Common
    Stock to be issued pursuant to compensation and benefit plans of the
    Company or 200,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to be restricted stock
    under the Company's compensation and benefit plans. See "Management--
    Compensation, Benefits, and Retirement Plans." Also, does not include (i)
    options issuable in connection with conversion of existing options issued
    under Torchmark compensation and benefit plans and (ii) the conversion of
    48,000 shares of restricted stock of Torchmark Corporation issued under
    Torchmark stock plans to Class A Common Stock at the time of consummation
    of the Offering. See "Management--Conversion of Torchmark Equity
    Compensation to Class A Common Stock of the Company."     
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                     SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
   
  The following tables set forth summary historical financial and operating
data for the five years ended December 31, 1997, as well as summary historical
balance sheet data of the Company as of the end of each of the last five
years. The information set forth should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations," and the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                   FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                              -----------------------------------------
                               1993    1994    1995     1996     1997
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
 Investment management
  fees......................  $64,208 $70,711 $85,289 $101,466 $117,784
 Underwriting and
  distribution fees.........   78,037  72,150  70,393   85,837   89,427
 Shareholder service fees...   21,280  22,297  23,527   28,378   30,763
 Investment and other
  income....................   14,681   3,878   4,295    5,295    3,798
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Total revenue.............  178,206 169,036 183,504  220,976  241,772
 Goodwill amortization(1)...    1,332   2,903   2,903    2,903    2,903
 Other expenses.............  101,494  89,282  95,894  112,766  123,746
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Total expenses............  102,826  92,185  98,797  115,669  126,649
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Income before interest and
   income taxes.............   75,380  76,851  84,707  105,307  115,123
 Interest income, net.......      --    1,915   3,886    3,886       24
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Income before income
   taxes....................   75,380  78,766  88,593  109,193  115,147
 Income taxes...............   28,873  31,140  35,092   42,493   44,855
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Income before effect of
   change in accounting
   principle................   46,507  47,626  53,501   66,700   70,292
 Cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle...    4,125     --      --       --       --
                              ------- ------- ------- -------- --------
  Net income................  $50,632 $47,626 $53,501 $ 66,700 $ 70,292
                              ======= ======= ======= ======== ========
 Pro forma net income per
  share basic and
  diluted(2)................                                   $   1.10
                                                               ========
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                           AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                              --------------------------------------------
                                1993     1994     1995     1996     1997
                              -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                           <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Current assets(3)........... $162,933 $121,412 $ 98,608 $110,139 $130,132
 Goodwill....................  110,443  107,540  104,637  101,734   98,831
 Total assets(3).............  301,568  303,144  283,287  429,278  446,964
 Total liabilities(3)........   58,574   80,852   65,081  196,723  676,855
 Total stockholder's
  equity(4)..................  242,994  222,292  218,206  232,555 (229,891)
</TABLE>    
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                               AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                              ------------------------------------------------
                                1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
<S>                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
 Financial Advisers:
 Full time(5)................      546       487       505       634       660
 Part time...................    2,141     1,770     1,830     1,376     1,500
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
  Totals.....................    2,687     2,257     2,335     2,010     2,160
 Number of investors(6):
 Mutual funds................  499,400   517,600   537,100   522,600   563,800
 Variable products...........   16,400    22,700    27,800    33,400    38,200
 Average value per
  investor(7):
 Mutual funds................ $ 22,500  $ 21,600  $ 26,100  $ 28,500   $33,200
 Variable products........... $ 33,700  $ 31,900  $ 39,600  $ 42,900   $49,600
 Redemption rates of mutual
  funds:
 Mutual funds................     7.55%     7.52%     7.64%     7.64%     7.61%
 Industry average(8).........    18.37%    21.27%    17.35%    16.95%    17.86%
 Dividend reinvestment rate:
 Mutual funds................     84.9%     86.0%     86.8%     87.5%     87.7%
 Industry average(8).........     53.9%     65.8%     71.7%     72.6%     73.2%
 Assets under management
  (millions):
 Mutual fund:
  Equity funds............... $  7,563  $  8,174  $ 10,931  $ 12,990   $16,093
  Fixed income funds.........    3,870     3,349     3,719     3,681     3,921
  Money market funds.........      348       369       442       537       572
                              --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
   Total mutual funds........ $ 11,781  $ 11,892  $ 15,092  $ 17,208   $20,586
 Institutional(9)............ $  2,659  $  2,606  $  3,397  $  1,862  $  2,831
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Amortization relates to Torchmark's acquisition of the Company in 1981 and
    1993. Current annual amortization is $2.9 million.
   
(2) Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share has been computed by
    dividing net income, as adjusted to eliminate the after tax interest cost
    on the Notes, by 64,000,000 shares (the average number of shares
    outstanding plus the number of shares, based on the mid-point of the
    offering price range, the proceeds of which would be used to pay the
    Notes).     
   
(3) The Company's current assets, total assets, and total liabilities can be
    significantly affected by amounts due both to and from affiliates. At
    December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997, amounts due from affiliates
    amounted to $53.9 million, $96.3 million, $57.2 million, $184.5 million,
    and $192.7 million, respectively. Amounts due to affiliates at December
    31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997 amounted to $8.0 million, $41.7
    million, $13.6 million, $126.6 million, and $611.6 million, respectively.
           
(4) Cash dividends paid to Torchmark for the years 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and
    1997 were $153.3 million, $80.0 million, $0, $10.0 million, and $51.7
    million, respectively.     
   
(5) Financial advisers whose annual or annualized production is the equivalent
    of investment product sales in excess of $900 thousand.     
   
(6) Mutual funds reflect the number of investors in the United Funds and W&R
    Funds. Variable products reflect the number of variable annuity and
    variable life policies.     
   
(7) Mutual funds average value reflects the value for the United Funds and W&R
    Funds. The variable product average is based on the value of TMK/United
    Fund assets divided by the number of variable annuity and life policies.
           
(8) Source: Investment Company Institute. The industry dividend reinvestment
    rate average for 1997 is for the twelve months ended September 30, 1997.
           
(9) Institutional assets include assets of Torchmark affiliates of $0, $77.3
    million, $373.8 million, $390.9 million, and $1,265.0 million at December
    31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively.     
       
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
               OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
  The revenues of the Company are largely dependent on the total value and
composition of assets under management and, accordingly, fluctuations in
financial markets and in the composition of assets under management have a
substantial effect on revenues and results of operations. Investment
management fees, the Company's most substantial source of revenue, are based
on the amount of assets under management and are affected by sales levels,
financial market conditions, redemptions, and the composition of assets.
Equity-oriented portfolios generally have higher management fee rates than
fixed-income portfolios. See "Business--Investment Management Agreements."
   
  Underwriting and distribution revenues consist of sales charges and
commissions derived from the sale of investment and insurance products and
distribution fees earned from the W&R Funds for distributing their shares. The
products sold have various sales charge structures, and the revenues received
from the sale of products will vary based on the type and amount sold. The
United Group of Funds have a front end load sales charge (sales charges are
paid on purchase of fund shares) or no load sales charge (no sales charges are
related to purchase of fund shares) while the W&R Funds have a contingent
deferred sales charge (sales charges are paid upon redemption of fund shares
within specified periods). Rule 12b-1 distribution and service fees earned for
distributing shares of the W&R Funds are based upon a percentage of assets and
fluctuate based on sales, redemptions, and financial market conditions. See
"Business--Underwriting and Distribution." The Company earns a sales
commission on insurance products sold pursuant to the Agent Agreements. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark--
Agent Agreements."     
 
  Shareholder service fees include transfer agency fees, custodian fees for
retirement plan accounts, and portfolio accounting fees. The transfer agency
fees and custodian fees are primarily based on annual charges per account,
and, therefore, are affected by the number of accounts opened and closed.
Portfolio accounting fees are charged based on the amount of assets in the
portfolio subject to a maximum per portfolio. These fees vary based on the
number of portfolios and the value of the assets in each portfolio. See
"Business--Service Agreements."
   
  Other expenses consist of underwriting and distribution expenses,
compensation and related cost expenses, general and administrative expenses,
and depreciation and amortization, excluding goodwill. Underwriting and
distribution expenses include sales commissions and related amounts paid to
financial advisers, various expenses associated with product promotion,
expenses associated with education and training of financial advisers, and
other marketing costs. Distribution expenses, principally selling commissions,
related to the W&R Funds are deferred and amortized over a period not
exceeding ten years. Compensation and related costs reflect the compensation
and benefits for investment management, shareholder service, and
administrative personnel. The amount of goodwill at December 31, 1997 was
$98.9 million, and amortization of goodwill is $2.9 million annually.     
          
OPERATING RESULTS FOR 1997 AS COMPARED TO 1996     
   
  Investment management fees increased $16.3 million or 16% to $117.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997 primarily as the result of strong
financial markets. Average assets under management in 1997 were up $2.3
billion or 12% from 1996 to $21.3 billion. Assets under management were $23.4
billion at December 31, 1997 compared with $19.1 billion at December 31, 1996.
Mutual fund assets increased $3.4 billion from $17.2 billion at December 31,
1996 to $20.6 billion at December 31, 1997. Institutional assets increased $.9
billion from $1.9 billion at December 31, 1996 to $2.8 billion at December 31,
1997. Market appreciation accounted for $3.3 billion of the increase with the
remainder due to the nets inflow of assets. Growth in fee revenue exceeded the
growth in average assets due to changes in the composition of assets. Mutual
fund assets, which generally have a higher management fee rate than
institutional accounts, constituted a greater percentage of total assets for
1997.     
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
   
  Underwriting and distribution fee revenue was $89.4 million for 1997, up
$3.6 million or 4% compared with that of 1996. Commission revenue from front-
load investment products increased $1.4 million from $67.0 million in 1996 to
$68.4 million in 1997 primarily as a result of higher sales volumes.
Distribution revenue, which consists primarily of Rule 12b-1 distribution fees
from the W&R Funds, increased from $4.7 million in 1996 to $6.5 million in
1997 due to growth in assets. Commissions from the sale of other products
(primarily insurance) were $14.1 million in 1996 and $14.5 million in 1997.
       
  Shareholder servicing fees in 1997 were $30.8 million, a $2.4 million or 8%
increase over that of 1996. Approximately 47% of this increase was
attributable to a fee increase that was effective April 1, 1996 with the
remainder due to the increase in number of shareholder accounts. At December
31, 1997, there were 1.38 million accounts, an increase of 5% from the 1.31
million accounts at December 31, 1996.     
   
  Other expenses increased from $112.8 million for 1996 to $123.7 million for
1997, an increase of 10%. Underwriting and distribution costs of $80.0 million
in 1997 were $1.1 million or 1% higher than that of 1996. The increase was
primarily the result of increased sales. Compensation and related costs of
$26.6 million were up $4.7 million or 22% compared with those of 1996. The
increase was attributable to additional expenses of $1.5 million related to
staff additions and normal salary and fringe benefit changes, $1.3 million for
incentive compensation and adjustments of $1.9 million to make total
compensation more competitive within the market. General and administrative
expenses were 15.8 million in 1997, a $5.6 million or 55% increase from that
of 1996. The increase is attributable to $6.8 million of non-recurring
expenses primarily related to the outsourcing of the data processing component
of transfer agency activities and the discontinuation of internally developed
systems. This increase was partially offset by lower expenses of $2.2 million
in 1997 for year 2000 compliance as compared to 1996.     
   
  The Company has considered the effect of year 2000 on its computer systems
and application software programs and has developed a plan to become year 2000
compliant. The Company estimates that its compliance activities will be
completed no later than the first quarter of 1999. Costs to date approximate
$2.4 million. The remaining costs of this effort are estimated to be $1.7
million.     
   
  Net interest income in 1997 declined $3.9 million from 1996 due to
additional interest expense attributable to the Notes.     
   
  Income tax expense was $42.5 million and $44.9 million for 1996 and 1997,
respectively, representing effective tax rates of 38.9% and 39.0%.     
   
  Net income increased from $66.7 for 1996 to $70.3 million for 1997, an
increase of 5%.     
       
       
          
OPERATING RESULTS FOR 1996 AS COMPARED TO 1995     
   
  Investment management fees increased $16.2 million or 19% to $101.5 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996 primarily as the result of strong
financial markets. Average assets under management in 1996 were up $2.3
billion or 14% from that of the year ended December 31, 1995 to $19.0 billion
for 1996. Assets under management were $19.1 billion at December 31, 1996
compared with $18.5 billion at December 31, 1995. Mutual fund assets increased
$2.1 billion from $15.1 billion at December 31, 1995 to $17.2 billion at
December 31, 1996, while institutional assets declined from $3.4 billion at
December 31, 1995 to $1.9 billion at December 31, 1996 due to the loss of
certain accounts. Market appreciation of $1.8 billion in 1996 was
substantially offset by institutional account redemptions. Growth in fee
revenue exceeded the growth in average assets due to changes in the
composition of assets. Mutual fund assets, which generally have a higher
management fee rate than institutional accounts, constituted a greater
percentage of total assets for 1996.     
   
  Underwriting and distribution fee revenue was $85.8 million for 1996, up
$15.4 million or 22% compared with that of 1995. Commission revenue from
front-load investment products increased $13.2 million from $53.8 million in
1995 to $67.0 million in 1996 primarily as a result of higher sales volumes.
Distribution revenue, which consists primarily of Rule 12b-1 distribution fees
from the W&R Funds, increased from $2.8 million in 1995 to $4.7 million in
1996 due to growth in assets. Commissions from the sale of other products
(primarily insurance) were $13.8 million in 1995 and $14.1 million in 1996.
    
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
   
  Shareholder servicing fees in 1996 were $28.4 million, a $4.9 million or 21%
increase over that of 1995. Approximately 70% of this increase was
attributable to a fee increase effective April 1, 1996 with the remainder due
to the increase in number of shareholder accounts. At December 31, 1996, there
were 1.31 million accounts, an increase of 7% from the 1.22 million accounts
at December 31, 1995.     
   
  Other expenses increased from $95.9 million for 1995 to $112.8 million for
1996, an increase of 18%. Underwriting and distribution costs of $78.9 million
in 1996 were $14.8 million or 23% higher than that of 1995. Most of the
increase in underwriting and distribution costs was attributable to selling
commissions and other costs associated with higher sales levels. Compensation
and related costs of $21.9 million were up 3% over that of 1995 due primarily
to an increase in the number of employees. General and administrative expenses
were $10.2 million in 1996, a $1.6 million or 18% increase from that of 1995.
This increase was primarily attributable to charges of approximately $2.3
million in 1996 for modifying systems applications for year 2000 compliance,
partially offset by a $1.2 million one time franchise tax assessment that was
paid in 1995.     
   
  Income tax expense was $35.1 million and $42.5 million for 1995 and 1996,
respectively, representing effective tax rates of 39.6% and 38.9%.     
   
  Net income increased from $53.5 million for 1995 to $66.7 million for 1996,
an increase of 25%.     
       
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
   
  The Company's operations have historically generated cash flows in excess of
the needs of its business plans. In keeping with Torchmark's strategy for
subsidiaries, the Company historically paid virtually all of its earnings to
Torchmark as dividends. Cash flow provided from the Company's operations was
$62.3 million, $86.2 million, and $62.3 million for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996, and 1997, respectively. The timing of tax payments of $14.9
million increased cash from operations for the year ended December 31, 1996,
and reduced cash from the Company's operations in the same amount for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Payments to affiliates for operating purposes in the
amount of $5.9 million decreased cash from the Company's operations for the
year ended December 31, 1997. Cash flows from investing activities generally
include capital expenditures and the results of investment securities sales,
purchases, and maturities. The Company is considering an expansion of its home
office building, although no formal commitments have been entered into. The
estimated capitalized cost of this proposed expansion is approximately $7.0
million. Except for this possible expansion the Company has no material
commitments for capital expenditures.     
   
  Cash flows from financing activities include cash dividends to Torchmark,
amounts paid or received from affiliates, and cash contributions from
Torchmark. Historically, the Company has distributed its excess cash flow to
Torchmark. The Company's Board of Directors currently intends to declare
quarterly cash dividends on the Common Stock of approximately $34 million
annually. The Company believes that its cash flows from operations will be
sufficient to fund such dividends and its operations for the forseeable
future. See "Dividend Policy."     
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
       
  In 1997, FASB issued SFAS No. 130 ("Reporting Comprehensive Income") and
SFAS No. 131 ("Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information"). These statements, which are effective for periods beginning
after December 15, 1997, expand or modify disclosures. The Company does not
expect implementation to have any significant effect on the Company's reported
financial position, results of operations, or segment reporting.
 
SEASONALITY AND INFLATION
 
  The Company does not believe its operations are subject to significant
seasonal fluctuations. The Company does not believe that inflation has had a
significant impact on operations.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
   
  Waddell & Reed, founded in 1937, is one of the oldest mutual fund complexes
in the United States, having introduced the United family of funds in 1940.
Waddell & Reed sells its investment products primarily to middle income
Americans through a virtually exclusive sales force. As of December 31, 1997,
the Company had $23.4 billion of assets under management, of which $20.6
billion were mutual fund assets and the remainder institutional accounts and
more than 563,000 customers holding an average mutual fund account of $33,200.
       
  The Company is the exclusive underwriter and distributor of 36 mutual fund
portfolios, including 17 comprising the United Funds, eight comprising the W&R
Funds, and 11 comprising the TMK/United Funds. The Company also distributes
Torchmark underwritten variable annuities and life insurance products to its
customers as part of its financial planning services. The Company sells mutual
fund products with a front end load (sales charges are paid upon purchase of
fund shares), contingent deferred sales charge (sales charges are paid upon
redemption within specified periods, see "Business--Underwriting and
Distribution"), and mutual fund products with no load (no sales charges are
related to purchase of fund shares). For the year ended December 31, 1997, the
Company's financial adviser sales force sold $1.5 billion of mutual fund and
variable products.     
 
  The traditional market for the Company has generally been professionals and
working families with annual incomes between $40,000 and $100,000 who are
saving for retirement. The Company believes that demographic trends and shifts
in attitudes toward retirement savings will continue to support increased
consumer demand for its products. According to U.S. Census Bureau projections,
the number of Americans between the ages of 45 and 64 will grow from 53.7
million in 1996 to 71.1 million in 2005, making this "preretirement" age group
the fastest growing segment of the U.S. population.
   
  The Company distributes the Funds and other financial products through a
financial adviser sales force that represents the Company on a virtually
exclusive basis. At December 31, 1997, the Company's sales force consisted of
2,160 financial advisers and 121 division managers operating from 177 sales
offices located throughout the United States. The Company believes, based on
industry data, that its financial adviser sales force is currently one of the
largest sales force in the United States selling primarily mutual funds.
Currently, 43% of the Company's financial advisers have been with the Company
for more than 5 years and 28% for more than 10 years.     
   
  The financial adviser industry is fragmented, consisting primarily of
relatively small companies generally employing fewer than 100 investment
professionals. The Company's sales force competes primarily with small
broker/dealers and independent financial advisers. The Company's marketing
efforts are currently focused on customers residing in smaller metropolitan
areas and rural communities. The Company conducts investment seminars
throughout the United States to reach a large number of potential clients. The
Company also develops individual financial plans for clients (over 40,000
plans in 1997) through one-on-one consultations with financial advisers, who
emphasize long-term relationships with a client through continuing service,
rather than a one-time sale. The Company believes that it is well-positioned
to benefit from a developing industry trend toward "assisted sales"--sales of
mutual fund products through a sales person--driven by the array of options
now available to investors and the need for financial planning advice that has
resulted from the recent increase in the average household's financial assets.
According to the Investment Company Institute, assisted sales for the year
ended December 31, 1997 constituted 61.9% of the total dollar value of mutual
fund sales, a figure that has grown from 54.9% for 1994.     
   
  The Company's investment philosophy and financial planning approach
emphasize long-term savings. The Company's portfolio managers seek consistent
long-term performance and downside protection in turbulent markets. As a
result, the Company has developed a loyal customer base with clients
maintaining their accounts for approximately 13 years on average as compared
to six years for the mutual fund industry, according to the Investment Company
Institute. This loyalty is evidenced by a relatively low fund redemption rate
for the five years ended December 31, 1997 of 7.6% for the Funds (other than
money market funds), which is less than one-half of the industry average of
18.4% and a relatively high dividend reinvestment rate of 86.6% for the Funds
    
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
   
(other than money market funds) for the same period versus 66.9% for the
mutual fund industry. Approximately 45% of the Company's assets under
management are in retirement accounts as of December 31, 1997. The
historically low redemption and high reinvestment rates have provided a stable
source of asset and revenue growth at a relatively low cost. The Company's
success with these strategies has been demonstrated in turbulent markets, as,
for example, in 1994, the last year in which the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index declined, when the Company's net sales as a
percentage of asset growth was more than three times better than that of the
mutual fund industry.     
   
  The Company has a seasoned team of portfolio managers, having an average of
20 years industry experience and 14 years tenure with the Company. The five
most senior portfolio managers have an average of 30 years industry experience
and 26 years tenure with the Company. The Company maintains an internal equity
and fixed income investment research staff that has substantial resources
available to it including hundreds of meetings annually with company
management both on and off site. In addition, the Company utilizes research
provided by brokerage firms and independent outside consultants. Portfolio
managers usually were investment research analysts for a substantial length of
time prior to acquiring money management assignments. The predominant style of
the Company's investments is growth equity. As of December 31, 1997
approximately 78% of the Company's mutual fund assets under management were
invested in equity funds and the remainder in fixed income and money market
funds. This investment strategy emphasizes investment at attractive valuations
in companies that the portfolio managers believe can produce above average
growth in earnings.     
   
  Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. is a holding company that conducts its
business through its subsidiaries, which are described briefly below. W&R, is
a registered broker-dealer and registered investment adviser that acts
primarily as the nationwide distributor and underwriter for the shares of
mutual funds and distributor of insurance products issued primarily by UILIC.
WRIMCO, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management
and advisory services to the Funds and to institutions and other private
clients through a subcontract with another subsidiary of Torchmark. WRSCO
provides transfer agency and accounting services to the Funds and their
shareholders and to another subsidiary of Torchmark.     
 
  The executive office of the Company is located at 6300 Lamar Avenue,
Overland Park, Kansas 66202, telephone number (913) 236-2000.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
  The Company's business strategy is outlined below.
     
  .  INCREASE NUMBER OF FINANCIAL ADVISERS: The Company intends to expand its
     distribution network by recruiting high quality candidates to be
     financial advisers. In early 1994 the Company began to focus on
     increasing the number of financial advisers. The Company's current
     objective is to increase the number of financial advisers by 10% per
     year. The Company has hired additional experienced sales managers and
     reorganized its management and reporting lines and incentive structure.
     The Company has revised the compensation system for its 121 division
     managers by tying the majority of their potential income to the
     recruitment, retention, and training of the Company's financial advisers
     and proportionately less to their personal sales production. From
     December 31, 1996 to December 31, 1997, the number of financial advisers
     has increased from 2,010 to 2,160.     
       
    In 1994, the Company also began implementing a "bridge income" program,
    which provides newly recruited financial advisers with a source of
    earnings until they can develop the skills and client base necessary to
    earn a stable income from commissions. The Company believes this
    program, which currently provides qualifying individuals with $2,000
    per month for up to six months, has been critical in increasing the
    number of new financial advisers, improving retention, and increasing
    average first-year sales production. Financial advisers recruited in
    1997 who participated in the bridge income program produced, on
    average, at two and one half times the rate of non-participants.     
 
  .  CONTINUE TO INCREASE PERCENTAGE OF FULL-TIME FINANCIAL ADVISERS: Since
     1993, the Company has emphasized increasing the proportion of its sales
     force that sells financial services products on a full-
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
        
     time basis and generally has not allowed the renewal of the securities
     licenses of financial advisers that fail to meet sales goals. The
     Company believes that these changes have enhanced productivity. At
     December 31, 1997, the percentage of Full-Time Advisers was 31% of the
     Company's total sales force, up from 18% at December 31, 1992. Over the
     same period, the annual investment product sales per Full-Time Adviser
     increased approximately 25% to a current annual rate of about $1.7
     million. In addition, the overall annual investment product sales per
     adviser increased from $380,000 to $703,000, or 85%, over this same
     period as a result of both increasing the number and the productivity of
     Full-Time Advisers and of not renewing the licenses of advisers who do
     not meet sales goals.     
     
  .  EXPAND GEOGRAPHIC SCOPE: The Company intends to pursue geographic
     expansion of its sales force with two related strategies. In larger
     communities it intends to establish new division offices with the
     facilities to accommodate up to 20 financial advisers, and in smaller
     communities or suburban areas it will open offices with facilities to
     accommodate a smaller group of advisers. While historically the Company
     has opened new offices in areas that were contiguous with existing
     offices, it now intends to select new locations based on expected growth
     opportunities. Consistent with its focus on retirement savings and
     planning, the Company expects to open new offices in Florida and
     Arizona, as well as smaller offices in other areas of the country, in
     1998.     
 
  .  ENHANCE MARKETING AND FINANCIAL PLANNING TOOLS: The Company expects to
     implement an improved financial planning package, which will allow its
     financial advisers to customize solutions to a client's savings,
     retirement income, estate planning, life insurance, and other personal
     financial planning needs. The Company has traditionally provided
     financial planning advice to its clients free of charge. The Company now
     intends to begin charging a fee, typically $250, for such services. The
     Company believes that its program of selling its improved financial
     plans for a fee will stimulate sales and result in a significantly
     higher average sale per plan. The Company expects to introduce the
     revised financial plan by the end of the first quarter of 1998.
 
    The Company has also implemented formal training programs for its new
    financial advisers. The program consists of field office classes that
    address prospecting techniques, product knowledge, and sales
    presentation skills. Field sales management personnel, assisted by six
    regional sales training specialists who receive direction and support
    from the Company's headquarters, conduct the field office classes.
    During 1998, the Company intends to increase the number of regional
    sales training specialists from six to twelve. In addition, new advisers
    will attend a three day course conducted at the Company's headquarters
    intended to supplement and reinforce the field classes.
     
  .  INVEST IN PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND INVESTMENT ANALYSTS: The Company's
     objective is for its Fund families to achieve top quartile performance.
     The Company is also focused on building its industry and geographic
     expertise. To achieve this goal, the Company has begun to implement a
     plan to add several portfolio managers and investment analysts. Through
     these additions, the Company intends to increase the depth of its
     investment management team and to increase the scope of its expertise.
     To assist in recruiting and retention, the Offering and Spin-Off will
     allow the Company to implement a new incentive compensation structure
     that relies on stock options and increases in cash compensation to bring
     total compensation for portfolio managers and investment analysts to a
     more market-competitive level. The Company believes that providing
     equity-based compensation as a significant component of income will be
     important in attracting new portfolio managers and investment analysts
     as well as retaining present staff.     
     
  .  INVEST IN SYSTEMS AND TECHNOLOGY: In order to support its anticipated
     growth, the Company is engaged in projects to enhance its information
     systems. The Company will install a management system in all division
     offices that it believes will better enable division managers to monitor
     the activities of the individual financial advisers including the number
     of sales calls completed, the number of client contacts, and overall
     sales results. The Company has recently completed agreements to
     outsource a portion of its data processing components of its transfer
     agency activities to a third party provider by the fourth quarter of
     1998. The Company expects that this arrangement will facilitate its     
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
     ability to introduce new products and enter new markets as well as
     enable the Company to improve its participant record-keeping services
     offered to sponsors of 403(b) and 401(k) plans. In addition, the Company
     expects to realize operating efficiencies with respect to its processing
     activities through the use of electronic imaging, which is a component
     of the third party system. The Company has developed and is testing an
     intranet to be used by its financial advisers to obtain updated training
     materials, product information, and electronic interactive product
     illustrations. In addition, the Company expects that clients will have
     access to the intranet to obtain data related to their personal accounts
     once information security concerns are addressed.
 
  .  PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES TO EXPAND PRODUCT OFFERING
     AND DISTRIBUTION: The Company intends to selectively pursue acquisitions
     and alliances that will add new products or alternative distribution
     systems. The Company believes that it will be better positioned to
     pursue acquisitions as one of relatively few independent, public
     investment advisory and asset management companies. The Company believes
     that potential investment management acquisition candidates may be more
     receptive to receiving publicly traded shares of the Company as opposed
     to stock in a company outside of the investment management industry. The
     Company has traditionally distributed its investment products only
     through its virtually exclusive financial adviser sales force. In the
     future, the Company may acquire another fund complex the products of
     which it can distribute outside its sales force. These mutual funds will
     likely not be marketed to the Company's existing customer base, thereby
     avoiding competing with the Company's existing sales force and
     cannibalizing the Company's current revenues. The Company may also
     pursue opportunities to establish strategic relationships with
     alternative distribution systems such as broker/dealers and banks or
     acquire independent financial planning companies.
 
MARKETING
   
  The Company markets its mutual funds through a sales force that represents
the Company on a virtually exclusive basis. As of December 31, 1997, the sales
force comprised approximately 2,160 financial advisers of whom approximately
660 are Full-Time Advisers. The Company's financial advisers are located
primarily in smaller metropolitan areas and rural communities. The sales force
is organized into divisions that are supervised, as of December 31, 1997, by
one of approximately 121 division managers who, in turn, report to eight
regional vice presidents.     
   
  The Company has taken several steps to increase the productivity of its
sales force. Since 1992, the Company has been implementing a policy of
developing a full-time sales force and has not allowed the renewal of the
securities licenses of financial advisers that fail to meet sales goals. This
policy has resulted in the reduction of the number of part-time financial
advisers (those having annual or annualized production of less than $900,000
of investment product sales) from 2,141 at December 31, 1993 to 1,500 at
December 31, 1997. At the same time, the number of Full-Time Advisers
increased from 546 at December 31, 1993 to 660 at December 31, 1997. Prior to
1993, division managers were engaged in personal sales production as well as
sales management. In order to emphasize the importance of recruiting and
developing a full-time sales force, the Company implemented a compensation
system that ties compensation of division managers to the development of new
financial advisers and to division sales rather than personal sales. Beginning
in 1997, the Company initiated a program to encourage members of its financial
adviser sales force to expand the range of financial services they can offer
by registering under applicable state laws. A majority of the Company's
financial advisers have completed such registration.     
   
  The Company began implementing a bridge income program in 1994 to provide a
source of earnings to newly recruited financial advisers for a period of three
months while they developed the skills and client base necessary to earn an
income from commissions. The Company enhanced the program in 1997 by
increasing the monthly amount and extending the period to six months based on
the success of the program in improving the productivity of new recruits. In
order to qualify for the bridge income program, advisers must, within 90 days,
make five joint sales calls with the division manager, five calls with another
adviser to gather data for a financial plan, and make one sale. Once on the
bridge income program, the adviser receives $2,000 per month with earned     
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
commissions up to $2,000 applied against the bridge income and commission in
excess of $2,000 held in escrow until the adviser is off of the bridge income
program.
 
  The following tables set forth information about the Company's financial
adviser sales force, product sales, and clients at the dates and for the
periods indicated.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                   1993  1994  1995  1996  1997
                                                   ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
<S>                                                <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>   <C>
Financial Advisers:
  Full time(1)....................................   546   487   505   634   660
  Part time....................................... 2,141 1,770 1,830 1,376 1,500
                                                   ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
    Totals........................................ 2,687 2,257 2,335 2,010 2,160
                                                   ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                  --------------------------------------------
                                    1993     1994     1995     1996     1997
                                  -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
                                             (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                               <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
Mutual fund sales(2)............. $1,033.4 $  988.3 $  995.7 $1,252.2 $1,268.5
Total investment product
 sales(3)........................ $1,239.2 $1,188.5 $1,187.6 $1,505.1 $1,518.3
Annualized life insurance premi-
 ums............................. $    7.4 $    8.2 $    9.5 $    9.3 $    8.3
Number of clients(4).............  499,400  517,600  537,100  552,600  563,800
Number of mutual fund accounts
 per client......................      2.2      2.2      2.3      2.4      2.4
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Based on minimum annual or annualized production that is the equivalent of
    investment product sales in excess of $900,000.
(2) Reflects sales of United Funds for which a sales charge was collected and
    sales of the W&R Funds.
(3) Reflects mutual fund and variable product sales. Reflects mutual fund and
    variable product sales.
(4) Defined as a person or entity having a single Federal tax identification
    number.
 
  The Company provides training and motivational programs for its sales force.
Six sales training specialists provide a regular program of training for new
recruits as well as advanced training for experienced financial advisers.
Programs for new recruits focus on prospecting techniques, product knowledge,
and sales skills. Field office classes provide guidance in identifying target
markets, practical exercises to learn interview skills and data collection,
instruction in basic financial planning software, and guidance in matching
products with various investment objectives. Sales presentation skills are
taught and practiced in the classroom environment as well as on joint sales
calls with field sales management. The programs for experienced advisers focus
on skills related to dealing with larger investment sums (such as IRA
rollovers) and include training in the use of asset allocation and estate
planning software. In addition, the Company takes top producers to retreats
where headquarters staff and experienced sales personnel conduct workshop
seminars covering such subjects as product features, financial planning, and
the use of illustrative software packages. The Company intends to increase the
number of programs made available to new recruits and experienced advisers by
increasing the number of sales training specialists from six to twelve in
1998.
 
FUNDS AND ASSET MANAGEMENT
 
  The Company serves as underwriter for, and investment adviser to, the United
Funds, the W&R Funds, and the TMK/United Funds and distributes variable
annuity products based on the TMK/United Funds. The Company's sales force also
serves as distributor of insurance products such as single premium annuities
and term and whole life insurance. The Company provides various administrative
services to the Funds, including mutual fund transfer agency, accounting, and
shareholder services.
 
  The Company offers the Funds' shareholders a broad range of investment
products designed to attract and retain clients with varying investment
objectives. The predominant style of the Company's investments is growth
equity. This investment strategy emphasizes investment at attractive
valuations in companies that the portfolio managers believe can produce above
average growth in earnings. The Company's United Funds rank in the top
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
   
10% of diversified mutual fund complexes for the year ended December 31, 1997,
as measured by Lipper Analytical Services Corp. As of December 31, 1997, 78%
of the assets under management in the Funds were invested in equity funds, 19%
were invested in fixed income funds, and 3% were invested in money market
funds. Fund shareholders are allowed to exchange funds within each group of
funds as economic and market conditions and investor needs change at no
additional cost. The Company periodically introduces new mutual funds designed
to complement and expand its investment product offerings, respond to
competitive developments in the financial marketplace, and meet the changing
needs of clients. The Company's base of assets under management consists of a
broad range of domestic and international stock, bond, and money market mutual
funds that meet the varied needs and objectives of its individual and
institutional investors. For summary information about each of the Funds, see
"--Fund Summary" to this Prospectus.     
   
  The Company has a seasoned team of portfolio managers, having an average of
20 years industry experience and 14 years tenure with the Company. The five
most senior portfolio managers have an average of 30 years industry experience
and 26 years tenure with the Company. The Company maintains an internal equity
and fixed income investment research staff that has substantial resources
available to it including hundreds of meetings annually with company
management both on and off site. In addition, the Company utilizes research
provided by brokerage firms and independent outside consultants. Portfolio
managers usually were analysts for a substantial length of time prior to
acquiring money management assignments.     
   
  In addition to performing investment management services for the Funds, the
Company acts as an investment adviser and portfolio manager for institutional
and other private investors. The Company receives a fee that is generally
based on a percentage of assets under management for its services as an
investment adviser or portfolio manager. Assets under management for
institutional and private accounts totaled approximately $2.8 billion at
December 31, 1997. Investment management fees from institutional accounts were
approximately $6.2 million, or approximately 5% of total investment management
fees, for the year ended December 31, 1997.     
       
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth beginning assets and ending assets for the
Company's Funds by type as well as transactions related thereto for the
periods shown.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                           ---------------------------------------------------
                             1993      1994      1995       1996       1997
                           --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                        (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
MUTUAL FUNDS:
CHANGE IN UNITED AND W&R
 FUNDS:
Equity funds:
  Beginning assets........ $6,078.8  $7,187.9  $ 7,627.5  $10,047.2  $11,786.4
    Net sales (1).........    690.0     814.8      856.4    1,155.5    1,175.3
    Reinvested Dividends &
     Distributions........    331.7     440.5      532.1      831.7    1,811.3
    Redemptions...........   (479.0)   (503.1)    (624.1)    (785.8)    (977.9)
    Net exchanges in
     (out)................    (32.9)     91.7      (43.6)     (57.8)    (120.7)
    Dividends &
     Distributions Paid...   (353.6)   (463.0)    (558.3)    (866.6)  (1,889.0)
    Net investment
     income...............     90.6      94.1      109.0      110.0      112.2
    Appreciation
     (depreciation).......    862.3     (35.4)   2,148.2    1,352.2    2,568.0
                           --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Ending Assets........... $7,187.9  $7,627.5  $10,047.2  $11,786.4  $14,465.6
                           ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
Fixed income funds:
  Beginning assets........ $3,249.1  $3,717.0  $ 3,200.1  $ 3,540.3  $ 3,487.6
    Net sales (1).........    380.5     216.8      205.9      198.7      244.1
    Reinvested Dividends &
     Distributions........    260.9     210.1      208.1      219.7      220.3
    Redemptions...........   (281.4)   (320.9)    (317.1)    (315.8)    (316.4)
    Net exchanges in
     (out)................    (58.6)   (195.1)     (90.5)    (132.9)     (79.6)
    Dividends &
     Distributions Paid...   (310.2)   (249.7)    (248.3)    (260.1)    (259.8)
    Net investment
     income...............    239.8     242.6      239.9      238.7      240.4
    Appreciation
     (depreciation).......    236.9    (420.7)     342.2       (1.0)     161.4
                           --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Ending Assets........... $3,717.0  $3,200.1  $ 3,540.3  $ 3,487.6  $ 3,698.0
                           ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
Money Market funds:
  Beginning assets........ $  393.3  $  321.6  $   338.6  $   405.5  $   499.5
    Net sales.............    292.7     299.7      466.1      494.2      507.0
    Reinvested Dividends &
     Distributions........      8.1      10.8       18.6       19.9       22.9
    Redemptions...........   (464.0)   (396.9)    (551.9)    (610.8)    (701.3)
    Net exchanges in
     (out)................     91.5     103.4      134.1      190.7      200.3
    Dividends &
     Distributions Paid...     (8.2)    (11.0)     (19.0)     (20.6)     (23.8)
    Net investment
     income...............      8.2      11.0       19.0       20.6       23.8
    Appreciation
     (depreciation).......      0.0       0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0
                           --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Ending assets........... $  321.6  $  338.6  $   405.5  $   499.5  $   528.4
                           ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
VARIABLE PRODUCTS
 TMK/UNITED FUNDS:
  Beginning assets........ $  302.3  $  554.7  $   725.3  $ 1,098.8  $ 1,434.5
    Net sales.............    205.8     200.2      191.8      252.8      249.8
    Reinvested Dividends &
     Distributions........     38.6      34.9       95.4       92.9      161.2
    Redemptions...........     (8.4)    (26.9)     (48.7)     (75.1)    (111.5)
    Net exchanges in
     (out)................      0.0       0.0        0.0        0.0        0.0
    Dividends &
     Distributions Paid...    (38.6)    (34.9)     (95.4)     (92.9)    (161.3)
    Net investment
     income...............     12.5      20.7       24.3       27.4       29.6
    Appreciation
     (depreciation).......     42.5    (23.4)      206.1      130.6      291.2
                           --------  --------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Ending assets........... $  554.7  $  725.3  $ 1,098.8  $ 1,434.5  $ 1,893.5
                           ========  ========  =========  =========  =========
</TABLE>    
- --------
   (1) Sales net of sales charges.
 
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth assets under management, client accounts, and
sales of the Funds by group as of the dates and for the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                               DECEMBER 31,
                          ------------------------------------------------------
                             1993       1994       1995       1996       1997
                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Mutual Fund
Assets Under Management:
  United Funds..........  $   11,102 $   10,948 $   13,574 $   15,130 $   17,847
  TMK/United Funds......         555        725      1,099      1,435      1,894
  W&R Funds.............         124        219        419        643        845
                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
    Totals..............  $   11,781 $   11,892 $   15,092 $   17,208     20,586
                          ========== ========== ========== ========== ==========
Client accounts:
  United Funds(1).......   1,067,900  1,119,800  1,171,700  1,236,900  1,291,300
  TMK/United Funds(2)...      16,400     22,700     27,800     33,400     38,200
  W&R Funds(1)..........      17,700     30,500     48,400     69,100     84,900
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              ----------------------------------
                                               1993   1994   1995   1996   1997
                                              ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
                                                    (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                           <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
Sales:
  United Funds(3)............................ $  939 $  881 $  838 $1,025 $1,093
  TMK/United Funds...........................    206    200    192    253    250
  W&R Funds..................................     94    107    158    227    175
                                              ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
    Totals (4)............................... $1,239 $1,188 $1,188 $1,505 $1,518
                                              ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Number of mutual fund products.
(2) Number of variable policies.
(3) Reflects sales for which a sales charge was collected.
   
(4) Money market fund sales and United Fund sales for which there was no sales
    change are excluded.     
 
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company provides investment advisory and management services pursuant to
an Investment Management Agreement with each Fund. While the specific terms of
the Investment Management Agreements vary, the basic terms of the Investment
Management Agreements are similar. The Investment Management Agreements
provide that the Company renders overall management services to each of the
Funds, subject to the oversight of each Fund's board of directors and in
accordance with each Fund's fundamental investment objectives and policies.
The Investment Management Agreements permit the Company to enter into separate
agreements for shareholder services or accounting services with the respective
Funds.
   
  For the United Funds and TMK/United Funds, the total management fee for each
Fund is the sum of (i) a fee computed on a Fund's net asset value as of the
close of business on each business day at an annual rate specified in the
respective Investment Management Agreements (the "Specific Fee") and (ii) a
fee computed each day on the combined net asset values of all Funds in the
group of Funds of which the particular Fund is a member (the "Group Fee"). For
the Specific Fee for each Fund and the Group Fee for each group of Funds see
"--Fund Summary."     
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
  The following table sets forth information with respect to the Company's
mutual fund investment management fees for the periods shown.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------
                                       1993    1994    1995    1996     1997
                                      ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Mutual Fund Investment Management
 Fees:
  Equity funds....................... $37,759 $45,145 $59,651 $74,199 $ 90,870
  Fixed income funds.................  18,441  18,172  17,859  18,126   18,513
  Money market funds.................   1,603   1,462   1,670   1,989    2,179
                                      ------- ------- ------- ------- --------
      Total (1)...................... $57,803 $64,779 $79,180 $94,314 $111,562
                                      ======= ======= ======= ======= ========
As a percent of average assets:
  Equity funds.......................   .554%   .566%   .619%   .618%    .610%
  Fixed income funds.................   .504%   .504%   .501%   .497%    .492%
  Money market funds.................   .426%   .423%   .420%   .414%    .406%
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Other advisory fees for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995,
    1996, and 1997 in the amounts of $6,405, $5,932, $6,109, $7,152, and
    $6,222, respectively are not reflected in this table. These fees fluctuate
    based on the amounts and composition of assets managed and the effect of
    performance based fees in some periods.     
 
  Each Fund's board of directors, including a majority of the directors who
are not "interested persons," of the Fund or the Company within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act, and its shareholders must have approved the
Investment Management Agreement between the respective Fund and the Company.
These agreements may continue in effect from year to year if specifically
approved at least annually by (i) the Fund's board of directors, including a
majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the agreements or
"interested persons" of any such party, or (ii) the vote of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund and the vote of a
majority of the Fund's directors who are not parties to the agreement or
"interested persons" of any such party, each vote being cast in person at a
meeting called for such purpose. Each agreement automatically terminates in
the event of its "assignment" as defined in the Investment Company Act or the
Investment Advisers Act and may be terminated without penalty by the Fund by
giving the Company 60 days' written notice, if the termination has been
approved by a majority of the Fund's directors or shareholders. The Offering
will not and the Spin-Off should not constitute an "assignment" for the
purposes of the Investment Company Act or the Investment Advisers Act. The
Company may terminate an Investment Management Agreement without penalty on
120 days' written notice.
   
  The Company receives fees for provision of investment advisory and
management services to the Funds. See "--Fund Summary." The Company pays all
of its own expenses incurred in performing investment advisory and management
services for the Funds.     
 
SERVICE AGREEMENTS
 
  The Company provides various services to the Funds and their shareholders
pursuant to a Shareholder Servicing Agreement with each Fund (except the
TMK/United Funds) and an Accounting Services Agreement with each Fund.
Pursuant to the Shareholder Servicing Agreements, the Company performs
shareholder servicing functions, including the maintenance of shareholder
accounts, the issuance, transfer, and redemption of shares, distribution of
dividends and payment of redemptions, furnishing information related to the
Fund, and handling shareholder inquiries. The Funds pay a monthly fee to the
Company for such services. Pursuant to the Accounting Services Agreements, the
Company provides the Funds with bookkeeping and accounting services and
assistance, including maintenance of the Fund's records, pricing of the Fund's
shares, and preparation of the prospectuses for existing shareholders, proxy
statements, and certain reports. The Funds pay the Company a monthly fee for
such services. A Fund's Shareholder Servicing Agreement or Accounting Services
Agreement
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
may be adopted or amended with the approval of the Fund's directors. Each of
the Shareholder Servicing Agreements and Accounting Services Agreements have
terms of one year expiring on October 1, 1998. The following table sets forth
the revenues received by the Company for accounting and shareholder services
and number of shareholder accounts for the periods and at the dates indicated:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                             -------------------------------------------------
                               1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Transfer agent fees......... $  15,277 $  16,028 $  16,906 $  21,436 $  23,951
Custodian fees..............     4,767     4,958     5,179     5,352     5,123
Portfolio accounting
 services...................     1,236     1,311     1,442     1,590     1,689
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
  Totals.................... $  21,280 $  22,297 $  23,527 $  28,378 $  30,763
                             ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<CAPTION>
                                               DECEMBER 31,
                             -------------------------------------------------
                               1993      1994      1995      1996      1997
                             --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
Number of Mutual Fund
 Accounts................... 1,085,600 1,150,300 1,220,100 1,306,000 1,376,200
</TABLE>    
 
UNDERWRITING AND DISTRIBUTION
 
  The Company distributes the Funds pursuant to an Underwriting Agreement with
each Fund (except TMK/United Funds). The Company distributes products relating
to the TMK/United Funds under an Underwriting Agreement between the Company
and Torchmark. Under each Underwriting Agreement with a Fund, the Company
offers and sells the Fund's shares on a continual basis and pays the costs of
sales literature and printing of prospectuses furnished to it by the Fund. The
Company receives underwriting commissions for such services, a major portion
of which is paid to financial advisers and sales managers of the Company. The
Company charges a sales charge to clients upon purchase of shares in the
United Funds, which are front-end load funds, which ranges from zero to 5.75%
of the net asset value of the shares purchased. The sales charge for the
United Funds typically declines as the net asset value of the account
increases, and there is generally no sales charge for purchases over $2.0
million. In addition, investors may combine their purchases of these Funds'
shares within the respective group of Funds to qualify for the reduced sales
charge. Investors in the W&R Funds generally pay contingent deferred sales
charges upon redemption of shares in W&R Funds of up to 3% of the net asset
value of the redeemed shares if the shares are redeemed within two calendar
years of their purchase, declining to zero if the shares are held for more
than four calendar years. The following table sets forth the revenues received
by the Company for underwriting commissions for distribution of the Funds for
the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                          1993    1994    1995    1996    1997
                                         ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Underwriting/distribution fees:
  United Funds(1)....................... $49,444 $43,007 $39,802 $48,505 $50,134
  TMK/United Funds(1)...................  15,169  14,692  14,032  18,452  18,240
  W&R Funds(2)..........................     598   1,623   2,762   4,719   6,487
                                         ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
    Totals (3).......................... $65,211 $59,322 $56,596 $71,676 $74,861
                                         ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Underwriting fees.
(2) Distribution fees.
   
(3) Commissions from other products (primarily life insurance) for the years
    ended December 31, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, and 1997 in the amounts of
    $12,826, $12,828, $13,797, $14,161, and $14,566, respectively, are not
    reflected in the totals.     
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Underwriting Agreements are subject to approval annually by the
directors of the respective Funds, including a majority of the directors who
are not "interested persons" of the Funds or the Company within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act, or "interested persons" of any such party and who
have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the
Distribution and Service Plan (as described below), as applicable, of the
Funds or any agreements relating thereto ("independent directors"), cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. Each
agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined
in the Investment Company Act, and either party may terminate the agreement
without penalty upon 60 days' written notice.     
 
  Under a Distribution and Service Plan for Class A shares of the United Funds
(except the money market fund) and under a Distribution and Service Plan for
the Class B shares of the money market fund and the W&R Funds, each of which
plans are adopted under Rule 12b-1 of the Investment Company Act, the Funds
may pay the Company a fee for its costs and expenses in connection with the
provision of personal service to shareholders of the Fund and maintenance of
shareholder accounts and distribution costs and expenses under the
Distribution and Service Plan. Each Distribution and Service Plan is subject
to approval annually by the directors, including the independent directors,
cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
The Fund may terminate the Plan at any time without penalty.
 
PROPERTIES
   
  The Company operates from a 115,000 square foot facility that it owns, which
is located in United Investors Park, a commercial development at 6300 Lamar
Avenue, Overland Park, Kansas. The Company leases additional property as sales
office space at approximately 177 locations. The Company believes that its
properties are in good repair and adequate for their purposes.     
 
EMPLOYEES
   
  At December 31, 1997, the Company had 603 full-time employees. Its 2,160
financial advisers are independent contractors.     
 
COMPETITION
   
  The Company is subject to substantial competition in all aspects of its
business. The Company competes with hundreds of other mutual fund management
distribution and service companies that distribute their fund shares through a
variety of methods including affiliated and unaffiliated sales forces, broker-
dealers, and direct sales to the public of shares offered at low or no sales
charge. Many larger mutual fund complexes have developed relationships with
brokerage houses with large distribution networks, which may enable these fund
complexes to reach broader client bases. The Company competes with firms
offering similar services and products to those of the Company, such as
American Express Financial Advisors Inc. and Edward D. Jones & Co. In
addition, the Company competes with brokerage and investment banking firms,
insurance companies, banks, and other financial institutions and businesses
offering other financial products in all aspects of its business. Although no
one company or group of companies dominates the mutual fund management and
services industry, many are larger than the Company and have greater resources
and offer a wider array of financial services and products. Competition is
based on the methods of distribution of fund shares, the ability to develop
investment products for certain segments of the market, the ability to meet
the changing needs of investors, the ability to achieve superior investment
management performance, the type and quality of shareholder services, and the
success of sales promotion efforts. The Company believes that competition in
the mutual fund industry will increase as a result of increased flexibility
afforded to banks and other financial institutions to sponsor mutual funds and
distribute mutual fund shares, and as a result of consolidation and
acquisition activity within the industry. In addition, barriers to entry to
the investment management business are relatively few, and the Company thus
anticipates that it will face a growing number of competitors. Many of the
Company's competitors in the mutual fund industry are larger, better known,
have penetrated more markets than the Company, and have more resources than
those of the Company.     
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
   
  The distribution of mutual fund products has undergone significant
developments in recent years, which has increased the competitive environment
in which the Company operates. These developments include growth in the number
of mutual funds; introduction of service fees payable to broker-dealers that
provide continual service to clients in connection with their mutual fund
investments; and development of complex distribution systems with multiple
classes of shares.     
 
  The Company's financial advisers compete primarily with small broker/dealers
and independent financial advisers. The market for financial advice and
planning is extremely fragmented, consisting primarily of relatively small
companies with fewer than 100 investment professionals. Competition is based
on sales techniques, personal relationships and skills, the quality of
financial planning products and services, the quality of the financial and
insurance products offered, and the quality of service. Competition in this
area is intense and some of the financial advisers' competitors are larger,
better known, and have more resources.
 
REGULATION
 
  Virtually all aspects of the Company's businesses are subject to various
Federal and state laws and regulations. These laws and regulations are
primarily intended to protect investment advisory clients and shareholders of
registered investment companies. Under such laws and regulations, agencies
that regulate investment advisers and broker-dealers such as the Company have
broad administrative powers, including the power to limit, restrict, or
prohibit such an adviser or broker-dealer from carrying on its business in the
event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. In such event,
the possible sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of
individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain lines of business for
specified periods of time, revocation of investment adviser and other
registrations, censures, and fines. The Company believes that it is in
substantial compliance with all material laws and regulations.
   
  The business of the Company is subject to regulation at both the Federal and
state level by the Commission and other regulatory bodies. Certain
subsidiaries of the Company are registered with the Commission under the
Investment Advisers Act and the Funds are registered with the Commission under
the Investment Company Act and with various states under applicable state
laws. A subsidiary of the Company is also registered as a broker-dealer with
the Commission and is subject to regulation by the National Association of
Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") and various states.     
   
  Certain subsidiaries of the Company are registered with the Commission under
the Investment Advisers Act and, as such, are regulated by and subject to
examination by the Commission. The Investment Advisers Act imposes numerous
obligations on registered investment advisers including fiduciary duties,
recordkeeping requirements, operational requirements, and disclosure
obligations. The Commission is authorized to institute proceedings and impose
sanctions for violations of the Investment Advisers Act, ranging from censure
to termination of an investment adviser's registration. The failure of a
registered subsidiary of the Company to comply with the requirements of the
Commission could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company
believes it is in substantial compliance with the requirements of the
Investment Advisers Act and the regulations under the Investment Advisers Act.
       
  The Company derives a large portion of its revenues from investment
management agreements. Under the Investment Advisers Act, the Company's
investment management agreements terminate automatically if assigned without
the client's consent. Under the Investment Company Act, advisory agreements
with registered investment companies such as the Funds terminate automatically
upon assignment. The term "assignment" is broadly defined and includes direct
assignments as well as assignments that may be deemed to occur, under certain
circumstances, upon the transfer, directly or indirectly, of a controlling
interest in the Company. The Offering will not and the Spin-Off should not
constitute an assignment for these purposes. Accordingly, the Company does not
intend to seek approvals of new investment advisory agreements from the
shareholders of the registered investment companies it manages or other client
consents in connection with these transactions. See "Risk Factors--Risks
Associated with Planned Spin-Off of the Company."     
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
   
  A subsidiary of the Company is also a member of the Securities Investor
Protection Corporation. In its capacity as a broker-dealer, the Company is
required to maintain certain minimum net capital and cash reserves for the
benefit of its customers, which may limit its ability to pay dividends. The
Company's net capital, as defined, has consistently met or exceeded all
minimum requirements. Various regulations cover certain investment strategies
that may be used by the Funds for hedging purposes. To the extent that the
Funds purchase futures contracts, the Funds are subject to the commodities and
futures regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Under the
rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated pursuant to the Federal
securities laws, the Company is subject to periodic examination by the
Commission. The Company is also subject to periodic examination by the NASD. A
subsidiary of the Company is registered under the Exchange Act as a transfer
agent. The most recent examination of the Company and the Funds by the
Commission was in 1997. The most recent examination of the Company by the NASD
was February 1996.     
 
LEGAL MATTERS
 
  From time to time the Company is a defendant in various lawsuits in routine
matters incidental to its business. The Company does not believe that the
outcome of any current litigation will have a material effect on the financial
condition of the Company.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
       
FUND SUMMARY
 
  For the United Funds and TMK/United Funds, the total management fee for each
Fund is the sum of (i) a fee computed on a Fund's net asset value as of the
close of business on each business day at an annual rate specified in the
respective Investment Management Agreements (the "Specific Fee") and (ii) a
fee computed each day on the combined net asset values of all Funds in the
group of Funds of which the particular Fund is a member (the "Group Fee"). The
Group Fee rate for the United Funds is computed each day on the basis of the
combined net asset value of all of the United Funds at annual rates of .51% of
the first $750 million of the United Funds' net asset values declining to .36%
of the United Funds' net asset values in excess of $12 billion. The Group Fee
rate for TMK/United Funds is computed each day on the basis of the combined
net asset value of all the series at annual rates of .51% of the first $750
million of the TMK/United Funds' net asset value declining to .45% of the
TMK/United Funds' net asset value in excess of $2.25 billion. For the series
of W&R Funds, the total management fee is the Specific Fee computed daily on
each series' net assets value at the annual rate shown in the table set forth
below.
   
  The following table sets forth, for each fund or portfolio within the Funds,
the date that shares in such Fund were first offered to the public, the net
assets of such Fund or portfolio as of December 31, 1997, a description of its
investment objective, and the Specific Fee for each Fund.     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       NET ASSETS                                 SPECIFIC FEE
                           FIRST  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS A FRACTION
FUND/PORTFOLIO NAME       OFFERED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)   INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE       OF 1%
- -------------------       ------- --------------------- ------------------------- -------------
<S>                       <C>     <C>                   <C>                       <C>
UNITED FUNDS
United Asset Strategy      1995          $   28         Seeks high total return        .30
 Fund, Inc.                                             over the long term by
                                                        allocating its assets
                                                        among stocks, bonds and
                                                        short-term instruments.
United Cash Management,    1979          $  528         Seeks to maximize current     None
 Inc.                                                   income to the extent
                                                        consistent with stability
                                                        of principal by investing
                                                        in money market
                                                        instruments.
United Continental         1970          $  577         Seeks to provide current       .15
 Income                                                 income to the extent that
 Fund, Inc.                                             market and economic
                                                        conditions permit with a
                                                        secondary objective of
                                                        seeking long-term
                                                        appreciation of capital.
United Bond Fund           1964          $  529         Seeks to achieve a             .03
                                                        reasonable return with
                                                        more emphasis on
                                                        preservation of capital.
United Income Fund         1940          $6,495         Seeks maintenance of           .15
                                                        current income, subject
                                                        to market conditions with
                                                        a secondary goal of
                                                        capital growth.
United Accumulative Fund   1940          $1,599         Seeks capital growth,          .15
                                                        with a secondary
                                                        objective of current
                                                        income.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       NET ASSETS                                 SPECIFIC FEE
                           FIRST  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS A FRACTION
FUND/PORTFOLIO NAME       OFFERED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE        OF 1%
- -------------------       ------- --------------------- ------------------------- -------------
<S>                       <C>     <C>                   <C>                       <C>
United Science and         1950          $1,067         Seeks long-term capital        .20
 Technology Fund                                        growth through a
                                                        portfolio emphasizing
                                                        science and technology
                                                        securities.
United Gold & Government   1985          $   18         Seeks high total return        .30
 Fund, Inc.                                             through investing in
                                                        precious metals, mineral-
                                                        related securities and
                                                        gold, silver and platinum
                                                        during periods of actual
                                                        or expected inflation or
                                                        when the environment for
                                                        investments in precious
                                                        metals appears to be
                                                        favorable, and U.S.
                                                        Government securities
                                                        during periods of actual
                                                        or expected disinflation
                                                        or low inflation.
United Government          1982          $  131         Seeks high current income     None
 Securities Fund, Inc.                                  consistent with safety of
                                                        principal by investing
                                                        primarily in securities
                                                        issued or guaranteed by
                                                        the U.S. Government or
                                                        its agencies or
                                                        instrumentalities.
United High Income Fund,   1979          $1,076         Seeks a high level of          .15
 Inc.                                                   current income, with a
                                                        secondary objective of
                                                        seeking capital growth
                                                        when consistent with its
                                                        primary objective.
United High Income Fund    1986          $  417         Seeks a high level of          .15
 II, Inc.                                               current income, with a
                                                        secondary objective of
                                                        seeking capital growth
                                                        when consistent with its
                                                        primary objective.
United International       1970          $1,018         Seeks long-term capital        .30
 Growth Fund, Inc.                                      appreciation, with a
                                                        secondary objective of
                                                        realization of income, by
                                                        investing in securities
                                                        issued by companies or
                                                        governments of any
                                                        nation.
United Municipal Bond      1976          $  989         Seeks income that is not       .03
 Fund, Inc.                                             subject to Federal income
                                                        taxation by investing
                                                        principally in tax-exempt
                                                        municipal bonds.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                    NET ASSETS                                 SPECIFIC FEE
                        FIRST  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS A FRACTION
FUND/PORTFOLIO NAME    OFFERED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE        OF 1%
- -------------------    ------- --------------------- ------------------------- -------------
<S>                    <C>     <C>                   <C>                       <C>
United Municipal High   1986          $  491         Seeks a high level of          .10
 Income Fund, Inc.                                   income that is not
                                                     subject to Federal income
                                                     taxation by investing
                                                     principally in medium and
                                                     lower quality tax-exempt
                                                     municipal bonds.
United New Concepts     1983          $  674         Seeks capital growth by        .35
 Fund, Inc.                                          investing in securities
                                                     issued by relatively new
                                                     or unseasoned companies,
                                                     companies in the early
                                                     stages of development or
                                                     smaller companies in new
                                                     and emerging industries
                                                     with above average
                                                     opportunity for growth.
United Retirement       1972          $  769         Seeks the highest long-        .15
 Shares, Inc.                                        term total return
                                                     consistent with
                                                     reasonable safety of
                                                     capital.
United Vanguard Fund,   1969          $1,441         Seeks capital                  .30
 Inc.                                                appreciation through
                                                     diversified holdings of
                                                     securities issued
                                                     primarily by companies
                                                     that have appreciation
                                                     possibilities and through
                                                     proper timing of
                                                     purchases and sales of
                                                     securities.
WADDELL & REED FUNDS,
 INC.
Total Return Fund       1992          $  417         Seeks current income and       .71
                                                     capital growth by
                                                     investing primarily in
                                                     securities issued by
                                                     companies that have a
                                                     record of paying regular
                                                     dividends on common stock
                                                     or have the potential for
                                                     capital appreciation.
Growth Fund             1992          $  269         Seeks capital                  .81
                                                     appreciation by investing
                                                     primarily in securities
                                                     issued by companies that
                                                     offer above-average
                                                     growth potential,
                                                     including relatively new
                                                     or unseasoned companies.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                     NET ASSETS                                 SPECIFIC FEE
                         FIRST  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS A FRACTION
FUND/PORTFOLIO NAME     OFFERED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE        OF 1%
- -------------------     ------- --------------------- ------------------------- -------------
<S>                     <C>     <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Limited-Term Bond Fund   1992           $ 19          Seeks a high level of          .56
                                                      current income consistent
                                                      with preservation of
                                                      capital by investing
                                                      primarily in debt
                                                      securities of investment
                                                      grade, including U.S.
                                                      government securities,
                                                      and maintaining a dollar-
                                                      weighted average maturity
                                                      of the portfolio of two
                                                      to five years.
Municipal Bond Fund      1992           $ 40          Seeks income that is not       .56
                                                      subject to Federal income
                                                      taxation by investing
                                                      primarily in municipal
                                                      bonds.
International Growth     1992           $ 71          Seeks long-term                .81
 Fund                                                 appreciation, with a
                                                      secondary goal of
                                                      realization of income, by
                                                      investing in securities
                                                      issued by companies or
                                                      governments of any
                                                      nation.
Asset Strategy Fund      1995           $ 17          Seeks high total return        .81
                                                      over the long term by
                                                      allocating assets among
                                                      stocks, bonds and short-
                                                      term instruments.
Science and Technology   1997           $  5          Seeks long-term capital        .71
 Fund                                                 growth through a
                                                      portfolio emphasizing
                                                      science and technology
                                                      securities.
High Income Fund         1997           $  7          Seeks a high level of          .66
                                                      current income, with a
                                                      secondary objective of
                                                      seeking capital growth
                                                      when consistent with its
                                                      primary objective.
TMK/UNITED FUNDS, INC.
Money Market Portfolio   1987           $ 43          Seeks maximum current         None
                                                      income consistent with
                                                      stability of principal by
                                                      investing in money market
                                                      securities.
Bond Portfolio           1987           $100          Seeks current income with      .03
                                                      an emphasis on
                                                      preservation of capital.
High Income Portfolio    1987           $120          Seeks high current             .15
                                                      income, with a secondary
                                                      objective of capital
                                                      growth.
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       NET ASSETS                                 SPECIFIC FEE
                           FIRST  AT DECEMBER 31, 1997                            AS A FRACTION
FUND/PORTFOLIO NAME       OFFERED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)   INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE        OF 1%
- -------------------       ------- --------------------- ------------------------- -------------
<S>                       <C>     <C>                   <C>                       <C>
Growth Portfolio           1987           $639          Seeks capital growth with      .20
                                                        current income as a
                                                        secondary objective.
Income Portfolio           1991           $637          Seeks maintenance of           .20
                                                        current income, subject
                                                        to market conditions with
                                                        a secondary objective of
                                                        capital growth.
International Portfolio    1994           $115          Seeks long-term                .30
                                                        appreciation of capital,
                                                        with current income as a
                                                        secondary objective by
                                                        investing principally in
                                                        securities issued by
                                                        companies or governments
                                                        of any nation.
Small Cap Portfolio        1994           $148          Seeks capital growth by        .35
                                                        investing primarily in
                                                        securities issued by
                                                        relatively new or
                                                        unseasoned companies,
                                                        companies in their early
                                                        stages of development or
                                                        smaller companies
                                                        positioned in new and
                                                        emerging industries with
                                                        above average opportunity
                                                        for rapid growth.
Balanced Portfolio         1994           $ 68          Seeks current income with      .10
                                                        a secondary objective of
                                                        long-term appreciation of
                                                        capital.
Limited-Term Bond          1994           $  4          Seeks a high level of          .05
 Portfolio                                              current income consistent
                                                        with preservation of
                                                        capital by investing
                                                        primarily in debt
                                                        securities of investment
                                                        grade and maintaining a
                                                        dollar weighted average
                                                        maturity of the portfolio
                                                        of two to five years.
Asset Strategy Portfolio   1995           $ 10          Seeks high total return        .30
                                                        over the long term by
                                                        allocating its assets
                                                        among stocks, bonds and
                                                        short-term instruments.
Science and Technology     1997           $ 10          Seeks long-term capital        .20
 Portfolio                                              growth by investing
                                                        primarily in science and
                                                        technology securities.
</TABLE>    
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
  As of the date of the Offering, the Company's directors and executive
officers are expected to be, and their ages as of December 31, 1997 are, as
follows:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
       NAME                         AGE                          POSITION
       ----                         ---                          --------
<S>                                 <C> <C>
David L. Boren....................   56 Director
Joseph M. Farley..................   70 Director
Louis T. Hagopian.................   72 Director
Robert L. Hechler.................   60 Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Director
Henry J. Herrmann.................   55 President, Chief Investment Officer, Treasurer, Director
Joseph L. Lanier, Jr..............   65 Director
Harold T. McCormick...............   68 Director
Sharon K. Pappas..................   38 Secretary
George J. Records.................   63 Director
R.K. Richey.......................   71 Director
Keith A. Tucker...................   52 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, Director
</TABLE>    
- --------
 
  Set forth below is a description of the backgrounds of the executive
officers and directors of the Company.
 
  David L. Boren has been President of The University of Oklahoma, Norman,
Oklahoma since November 1994, and prior thereto he served as United States
Senator from Oklahoma, 1979-1994 and a member of the Senate Finance Committee.
Mr. Boren is a director of Torchmark Corporation, Phillips Petroleum
Corporation, AMR Corporation, and Texas Instruments, Inc. Mr. Boren's term on
the Board of Directors of the Company expires in 2000.
   
  Joseph M. Farley has been Of Counsel at Balch & Bingham, Attorneys and
Counselors, Birmingham, Alabama since November 1992. Mr. Farley is a director
of Torchmark Corporation. Mr. Farley's term on the Board of Directors of the
Company expires in 2000.     
 
  Louis T. Hagopian has been owner of Meadowbrook Enterprises, Darien,
Connecticut, an advertising and marketing consultancy, since January 1990 and
is Vice Chairman, Partnership for a Drug-Free America, New York, New York. Mr.
Hagopian is a director of Torchmark Corporation. Mr. Hagopian's term on the
Board of Directors of the Company expires in 1999.
 
  Robert L. Hechler has been President, Chief Executive Officer, and Treasurer
of Waddell & Reed, Inc. since April 1993 and President of Waddell & Reed
Services Company since January 1982. Mr. Hechler's term on the Board of
Directors expires in 2000.
 
  Henry J. Herrmann has been Vice President and Chief Investment Officer of
the Company since April 1993, and prior thereto was Senior Vice President and
Chief Investment Officer of the Company since March 1987. Mr. Herrmann's term
on the Board of Directors of the Company expires in 2001.
 
  Joseph L. Lanier, Jr. has been Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of Dan River Incorporated, Danville, Virginia, a textile manufacturer,
since November 1989. Mr. Lanier is a director of Torchmark Corporation,
Flowers Industries, Inc., Dimon Inc., and SunTrust Banks, Inc. Mr. Lanier's
term on the Board of Directors of the Company expires in 2001.
 
  Harold T. McCormick has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of
Bay Point Yacht & Country Club, Panama City, Florida since March 1988 and as
Chairman, First Ireland Spirits Co., Ltd., Dublin, Ireland, since February
1996. Mr. McCormick is a director of Torchmark Corporation. Mr. McCormick's
term on the Board of Directors of the Company expires in 2000.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
   
  Sharon K. Pappas has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General
Counsel of Waddell & Reed, Inc. and Waddell & Reed Services Company since
September 1994. Ms. Pappas was Assistant General Counsel of Waddell & Reed,
Inc. and Waddell & Reed Services Company from January 1989 until September
1994.     
 
  George J. Records has served as Chairman of Midland Financial Co., Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma, a bank and financial holding company for retail banking and
mortgage operations, since 1982. Mr. Records is a director of Torchmark
Corporation. Mr. Records' term on the Board of Directors of the Company
expires in 1999.
 
  R. K. Richey is Chairman of and Chief Executive Officer of Torchmark
Corporation and is a director of Full House Resorts, Inc., Vesta Insurance
Group, Inc., and of each of the United Funds, the W&R Funds, and the
TMK/United Funds. Mr. Richey's term on the Board of Directors of the Company
expires in 1999.
 
  Keith A. Tucker is a director and Vice Chairman of Torchmark Corporation. He
is a director of each of the United Funds, W&R Funds, and the TMK/United
Funds. Mr. Tucker's term on the Board of Directors of the Company expires in
1999.
       
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
   
  The Company's Board of Directors is divided into three classes with the
initial term of the first class expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
to be held in 1999 (four directors), the second class expiring at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000 (four directors), and the third
class expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001 (two
directors). The Company intends to add two independent directors to the third
class of directors as soon as practicable after the Offering.     
 
  The executive officers of the Company are elected annually and serve at the
discretion of the Board of Directors.
 
  After completion of the Offering, the Company intends to establish an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee, each composed of at least two
independent directors, an Executive Committee and a Nominating Committee. The
Audit Committee will recommend the annual appointment of the Company's
auditors, with whom the Audit Committee will review the scope of audit and
non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles used by the
Company in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures, and the adequacy
of the Company's internal control procedures. The Compensation Committee will
administer the Company's Plans (as defined below) and make recommendations to
the Board of Directors regarding compensation for the Company's executive
officers. In the absence of a meeting of the Board of Directors, the Executive
Committee is empowered to exercise all the powers and authority of the Board
of Directors in the management of the business affairs of the Company, except
that the Executive Committee is not permitted to take any action that
committees are expressly prohibited from taking under the terms of the
Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, or the laws of the State of
Delaware. The Nominating Committee will review the qualifications of potential
candidates for the Board of Directors, report its findings to the Board of
Directors, and propose nominations for Board memberships for approval by the
Board of Directors and submission to the stockholders of the Company for
approval.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
   
  Directors of the Company who are also employees receive no additional
compensation for their services as a director. It is currently anticipated
that non-employee directors (the "Non-Employee Directors") will receive an
annual retainer and a fee for each board and committee meeting that they
attend, the amounts of which will be determined in the future. The Company
reimburses all directors of the Company for travel expenses incurred in
attending meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees.     
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
   
  The following table sets forth the compensation received by the persons who
will be the Company's Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and
the four other most highly paid executive officers of the Company (the "Named
Executive Officers") for the Company's two most recent fiscal years. Mr.
Tucker's compensation has been paid by Torchmark Corporation and Messrs.
Herrmann, Hechler, Thompson, and Intagliata's compensation has been paid by
the Company. Effective January 1, 1998, Mr. Tucker's compensation has been
paid by the Company, and Mr. Tucker's compensation has been reflected in the
financial statements included in the Prospectus as a Company expense for all
periods presented.     
 
                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                               ANNUAL COMPENSATION       LONG TERM COMPENSATION AWARDS
                              ---------------------- -------------------------------------
                                                     SECURITIES UNDERLYING    ALL OTHER
NAMES AND PRINCIPAL POSITION  YEAR  SALARY  BONUS(1)    OPTIONS/SARS(2)    COMPENSATION(3)
- ----------------------------  ---- -------- -------- --------------------- ---------------
<S>                           <C>  <C>      <C>      <C>                   <C>
Keith A. Tucker.........      1997 $800,016 $      0        386,892            $6,619
                              1996 $700,000 $      0        130,000            $6,114
Henry J. Herrmann.......      1997 $420,000 $715,000        124,600            $4,800
                              1996 $420,000 $392,000         36,000            $4,500
Robert L. Hechler.......      1997 $300,000 $565,000         69,500            $4,800
                              1996 $300,000 $295,000         16,000            $4,500
Russell E. Thompson.....      1997 $364,000 $175,396          6,200            $4,800
                              1996 $350,000 $146,254          8,000            $4,500
Antonio Intagliata......      1997 $235,000 $140,000              0            $4,800
                              1996 $235,000 $ 42,000          2,000            $4,500
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Mr. Tucker elected to defer his 1997 bonus of $400,000, and Messrs.
    Herrmann and Hechler each elected to defer $100,000 of their 1997 bonuses
    pursuant to the Torchmark Corporation 1996 Executive Deferred Compensation
    Stock Option Plan (the "TMK Executive Deferral Plan"). Mr. Tucker also
    elected to defer his 1996 bonus of $425,000 pursuant to the TMK Executive
    Deferral Plan. These amounts are excluded from the table. Pursuant to a
    Portfolio Manager's Deferred Compensation Plan, $75,000 and $60,000 of the
    1997 portfolio manager's bonuses for Messrs. Thompson and Intagliata,
    respectively, were mandatorily deferred, and $54,000 and $18,000 of the
    1996 portfolio manager's bonuses were deferred by Messrs. Thompson and
    Intagliata, respectively. These amounts are also excluded from the table.
           
(2) In January 1997, Mr Tucker elected to convert his 1996 interest bearing
    deferred compensation account in the TMK Executive Deferral Plan into
    options on 163,992 shares of Torchmark Corporation common stock. In
    September 1997, officers and directors of Torchmark were allowed to elect
    to participate in a program pursuant to the Torchmark Corporation 1987
    Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (the "TMK Incentive Plan") whereby they
    could elect to exercise their existing options in Torchmark Corporation
    common stock and receive new restoration options in Torchmark Corporation
    common stock. Messrs. Tucker, Herrmann, Hechler, and Thompson elected to
    participate in this exercise program and accordingly received option
    grants shown in this table in Torchmark Corporation common stock under the
    TMK Incentive Plan in 1997 (Mr. Tucker received an option for 223,900
    shares thereunder). Mr. Intagliata elected not to participate in the
    exercise program and thus was not awarded options in Torchmark Corporation
    common stock in 1997. Mr. Intagliata does continue to hold unexercised
    options in Torchmark Corporation common stock pursuant to the TMK
    Incentive Plan. For 1996, securities underlying options reflect grants of
    options pursuant to the TMK Incentive Plan.     
   
(3) For Mr. Tucker, includes Torchmark contributions to Torchmark Corporation
    Savings and Investment Plan, a funded, qualified defined contribution
    plan, of $4,800 for 1997 and $4,500 for 1996; interest only on prior
    contributions to the Torchmark Corporation Supplemental Savings and
    Investment Plan, an unfunded, non-qualified defined contribution plan, of
    $1,723 for 1997 and $1,614 for 1996 and interest on deferred compensation
    in the Torchmark Corporation Restated Deferred Compensation Plan for
    Directors, Advisory Directors, Directors Emeritus and Officers, as amended
    of $96 for 1997. Includes Company contributions to the United Investors
    Management Company Saving and Investment Plan, a funded, qualified
    contribution plan, for Messrs. Herrmann, Hechler, Thompson, and Intagliata
    of $4,800 each for 1997 and $4,500 each for 1996.     
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
   
  The following table provides information on grants of options in fiscal year
1997 to the Named Executive Officers to purchase shares of Torchmark
Corporation common stock.     
                          
                       OPTIONS GRANTED DURING 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                           INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                          ---------------------------------------------------
                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE
                          NUMBER OF                                             AT ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES
                          SECURITIES    % OF TOTAL                            OF STOCK PRICE APPRECIATION
                          UNDERLYING  OPTIONS GRANTED  EXERCISE OR                  FOR OPTION TERM
                           OPTIONS     TO EMPLOYEES    BASE PRICE  EXPIRATION ----------------------------
          NAME            GRANTED(1) IN FISCAL YEAR(2) (PER SHARE)    DATE         5%            10%
          ----            ---------- ----------------- ----------- ---------- ------------- --------------
<S>                       <C>        <C>               <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>
Keith A. Tucker(3)......   163,492         29.5%         $25.875    01/31/08  $   2,660,449 $    6,742,095
                           223,400         45.2%         $39.125    09/27/07     $5,496,872    $13,930,142
Henry J. Herrmann (3)...   124,600         25.2%         $39.125    09/27/07  $   3,065,847 $    7,769,452
Robert L. Hechler (3)...    69,500         14.1%         $39.125    09/27/07  $   1,710,083 $    4,333,683
Russell E. Thompson
 (3)....................     6,200          1.3%         $39.125    09/27/07  $     152,554 $      386,602
Antonio Intagliata (3)..         0            0%            N/A         N/A   $           0 $            0
</TABLE>    
- --------
          
(1) Mr. Tucker's option expiring January 31, 2008, is a non-qualified stock
    option acquired pursuant to his election to convert his 1996 interest
    bearing deferred compensation account in the TMK Executive Deferral Plan
    to options in Torchmark Corporation common stock. Such options were
    granted with an eleven year term at an exercise price equal to the closing
    price of Torchmark Corporation common stock on the date of his conversion
    election (the grant date). All options granted to Messrs. Herrmann and
    Hechler and Mr. Tucker's option expiring on September 27, 2007 are non-
    qualified stock options granted on Torchmark Corporation common stock
    pursuant to a restoration option program under the TMK Incentive Plan.
    Such options were granted with a ten year and two day term at an exercise
    price equal to the closing price of Torchmark Corporation common stock on
    the grant date. As restoration options issued in connection with the
    exercise of fully vested options, these options are fully exercisable as
    of their September 25, 1997 grant date.     
   
(2) Percentages calculated for Mr. Tucker are shown separately for grants
    under the TMK Executive Deferral Plan (163,492 share option) in which Mr.
    Tucker was the only Company employee participating with other employees of
    Torchmark and for grants under the TMK Incentive Plan (223,400 share
    option) based upon option grants to Mr. Tucker and all other Company
    employees (excluding all other Torchmark employees).     
   
(3) The Company will, upon consummation of the Offering, grant to Messrs.
    Tucker, Herrmann, Hechler, Thompson, and Intagliata non-qualified stock
    options for 180,000 shares, 334,600 shares, 292,200 shares, 165,600
    shares, and 86,800 shares, respectively, under the Stock Incentive Plan
    described below as part of such persons' 1997 compensation and/or as
    offering related options. Such options will be exercisable at the initial
    public offering price. In addition, the Company will, upon consummation of
    the Offering, make restricted stock awards to Messrs. Herrmann and Hechler
    of 110,000 and 90,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, respectively. Also,
    as of the date of the closing of the Offering, 48,000 shares of Torchmark
    Corporation common stock previously issued to Mr. Tucker pursuant to a
    Torchmark stock plan will be converted into restricted stock under a
    Company stock plan. See "--Conversion of Torchmark Equity Compensation to
    Class A Common Stock of the Company." These grants and conversions are not
    reflected in the table.     
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
   
  The following table provides information on option exercises in 1997 by the
Named Executive Officers and the value of each such Named Executive Officers'
unexercised options to acquire common stock of Torchmark Corporation at
December 31, 1997.     
   
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES DURING 1997 AND OPTION VALUES AT DECEMBER 31, 1997
                                         
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES                IN-THE-MONEY
                                                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED                OPTIONS AT
                         NUMBER OF SHARES            OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR END           FISCAL YEAR END
                             ACQUIRED       VALUE    ------------------------------   -------------------------
          NAME           ON EXERCISE (1)   REALIZED  EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE    EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
          ----           ---------------- ---------- -------------   --------------   ----------- -------------
<S>                      <C>              <C>        <C>             <C>              <C>         <C>
Keith A. Tucker.........     357,224      $7,068,164         388,400          393,492 $4,371,350   $6,967,588
Henry J. Herrmann.......     198,200      $4,204,512         166,100           58,000 $1,323,744   $1,074,250
Robert L. Hechler.......     127,622      $3,250,168          81,500           28,000 $  458,844   $  530,000
Russell E. Thompson.....      10,000      $  221,250          10,200           12,000 $  100,988   $  220,500
Antonio Intagliata......           0      $        0          10,074            5,000 $  239,676   $   96,125
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) Of shares shown as acquired on exercise, Messrs. Tucker, Herrmann,
    Hechler, and Thompson retained 106,500, 57,000, 44,100, and 3,000 shares,
    respectively, after cashless stock option exercises.     
 
COMPENSATION, BENEFITS, AND RETIREMENT PLANS
   
  The Company intends to implement the following stock plans: The 1998 Stock
Incentive Plan (the "Stock Incentive Plan"), The 1998 Non-Employee Director
Stock Option Plan (the "Non-Employee Director Plan"), and The 1998 Executive
Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan (the "Executive Deferral Plan")
(collectively, the "Plans"). Terms not expressly defined in the descriptions
of the Plans below have the same meaning as assigned to such terms in the
Plans. Each Plan will be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.     
   
  Upon consummation of the Offering and after giving effect to the grants made
in connection with the Offering referred to below, under the Plans the Company
will have (on a fully diluted basis and assuming the exercise of all options
granted to them and excluding shares of stock purchased outside of the Plans)
reserved 16.3 million shares of Class A Common Stock, or approximately 25% of
the outstanding Common Stock after the Offering, for issuance under the Plans,
including (i) awarded options to purchase up to 1,069,200 shares of Class A
Common Stock, approximately 1.7% of the outstanding Common Stock, to the Named
Executive Officers; and (ii) issued 200,000 shares of restricted Class A
Common Stock, less than 1% of the outstanding Common Stock, to the Named
Executive Officers. In addition, 48,000 shares of restricted stock of
Torchmark Corporation previously issued to Mr. Tucker pursuant to a Torchmark
stock plan will be converted into Restricted Stock under the Stock Incentive
Plan. See "--Conversion of Torchmark Equity Compensation to Class A Common
Stock of the Company." The following is a brief summary of each of the Plans,
which are qualified in their entirety by the Plans, copies of which will be
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which the Prospectus is a
part.     
 
 Stock Incentive Plan
   
  The Stock Incentive Plan, covering 13,000,000 shares, will permit (i) the
grant of options to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock intended to
qualify as incentive stock options under (S) 422 of the Code ("Incentive
Options"); (ii) the grant of options that do not so qualify ("Non-Qualified
Options"); (iii) the issuance of Class A Common Stock that may be subject to
certain restrictions ("Restricted Stock"); (iv) stock appreciation rights,
which entitle the holder, upon exercise, to receive cash or shares of Class A
Common Stock in value not to exceed the appreciation in value of Class A
Common Stock since the date of grant (an "SAR"); and (v) deferred stock awards
("Deferred Stock Awards"), which entitle the recipient to receive shares at
future dates without any payment in cash or property. The Stock Incentive Plan
was designed and intended as a performance incentive for officers, employees,
consultants, and other key persons performing services for the     
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
   
Company to encourage such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary
interest in the success and progress of the Company. In connection with the
Offering, 2,372,300 options will be awarded under the Stock Incentive Plan,
and the Company will issue an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Restricted Stock
under the Stock Incentive Plan (excluding the conversion of Mr. Tucker's
Torchmark restricted stock). These stock options will be initially exercisable
at the initial public offering price, and such stock options and the
restricted stock grants will generally vest in equal one-third increments on
the second, third, and fourth anniversaries of the consummation of the
Offering.     
   
  The Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee (the
"Compensation Committee"). All members of the Compensation Committee are
"disinterested persons" as that term is defined under the rules promulgated by
the Commission. On and after the date the Stock Incentive Plan becomes subject
to (S) 162(m) of the Code, all members of the Compensation Committee will be
"outside directors" as defined in (S) 162(m) of the Code and the regulations
thereunder. The Compensation Committee has full power to select, from among
the employees and other persons eligible for awards, the individuals to whom
awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, and
to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the
provisions of the Stock Incentive Plan. Persons eligible to participate in the
Stock Incentive Plan will be those officers, employees, and other key persons,
such as consultants, of the Company who are responsible for or contribute to
the management, growth, or profitability of the Company, as selected from time
to time by the Compensation Committee. SARs may be granted in conjunction with
options, entitling the holder upon exercise to receive an amount in any
combination of cash or unrestricted common stock of the Company (as determined
by the Compensation Committee), not greater in value than the increase in the
value of the shares covered by such right since the date of grant. Each SAR
will terminate upon the termination of the related option.     
   
  Only employees of the Company may be granted Incentive Options. The option
exercise price of each option will be determined by the Compensation Committee
but may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Class A Common
Stock on the date of grant in the case of Incentive Options and Non-Qualified
Options.     
   
  The Stock Incentive Plan provides that automatic formula-based Non-Qualified
Options for 6,000 shares will be awarded to non-employee directors on the date
of consummation of the Offering with an exercise price equal to the offering
price and 3,000 shares will be awarded to non-employee directors on the first
day of each calendar year on which the Company's Class A Common Stock is
traded on the New York Stock Exchange at 100% of the market value of the Class
A Common Stock on that date. Additionally, non-employee directors may be
granted non-formula based Non-Qualified Options at the discretion of the
Compensation Committee, which may have an exercise price equal to the market
value of the stock on the grant date or at a discount not to exceed 25% of the
market value on the grant date.     
   
  The Compensation Committee may make Deferred Stock Awards under the Stock
Incentive Plan. These non-transferable awards entitle the recipient to receive
shares at a future date or dates without any payment in cash or property in
one or more installments, as determined by the Compensation Committee. Receipt
of deferred stock may be conditioned on such matters as the Compensation
Committee determines, including continued employment or attainment of
performance goals. Such rights will generally terminate upon the participant's
termination of employment. Any deferral restrictions under a Deferred Stock
Award may be accelerated or waived by the Compensation Committee at any time
(including following termination of employment).     
 
  The Compensation Committee may also award shares of Restricted Stock to
officers, other employees, and key persons of the Company. The conditions and
restrictions applicable to the Restricted Stock may include the achievement of
certain performance goals and continued employment with the Company through a
specified restricted period. These conditions and restrictions, as well as the
purchase price of shares of Restricted Stock, will be determined by the
Compensation Committee. If the performance goals and other restrictions are
not attained, the employees will forfeit their awards of Restricted Stock.
 
  The Board of Directors may at any time amend or discontinue the Stock
Incentive Plan and the Compensation Committee may at any time amend or cancel
outstanding awards for the purpose of satisfying
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
changes in the law or for any other lawful purpose. No such action may be
taken, however, that adversely affects any rights under outstanding awards
without the holder's consent. Further, amendments to the Stock Incentive Plan
will be subject to approval by the Company's stockholders if and to the extent
required by the Code to preserve the qualified status of Incentive Options or
to preserve tax deductibility of compensation earned under stock options and
stock appreciation rights.
   
  The Stock Incentive Plan provides that in the event of a "Change of Control"
(as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan), unless otherwise determined by the
Compensation Committee prior to such Change of Control or to the extent
expressly provided by the Compensation Committee at or after the time of
grant, or in the event of a "Potential Change of Control" (as defined in the
Stock Incentive Plan), in each case occurring after the first anniversary of
completion of the Offering, (i) all stock options and related SARs will become
immediately excisable, (ii) the restrictions and deferral limitations
applicable to outstanding Restricted Stock Awards and Deferred Stock Awards
will lapse and the shares in question will fully vest, and (iii) the value of
such options and awards, to the extent determined by the Compensation
Committee, will be settled on the basis of the highest price paid (or offered)
during the preceding 60-day period, as determined by the Compensation
Committee. In the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, such
settlements may be made in cash or in stock, as is a necessary to effect the
Change of Control. In addition, at any time prior to or after a Change of
Control, the Compensation Committee may accelerate awards and waive conditions
and restrictions on any awards to the extent it may determine appropriate.
Generally, if an optionee's employment or consultant status with the Company
or a director's status as an outside director terminates by reason of or
within three months following a merger or other business combination resulting
in a Change of Control, the Stock Incentive Plan provides that such optionee's
stock options will terminate upon the latest of (i) six months and one day
after the merger or business combination, (ii) ten business days following the
expiration of the period during which publication of financial results
covering at least thirty days of post-merger combined operations has occurred,
and (iii) the expiration of the stated term of such stock option or director
stock option.     
   
  Approximately 60 employees are currently eligible to participate in the
Stock Incentive Plan.     
 
  Non-Employee Director Plan
   
  The Non-Employee Director Plan will permit Non-Employee Directors to elect
to defer on an annual basis all or a designated portion of their director
compensation payable in 1998 or thereafter into the interest-bearing account
of the Non-Employee Director Plan (the "Interest Account"). Such deferrals
would be made subject to a one-time opportunity by the Non-Employee Director
to convert that particular year's deferred director compensation into options,
granted either at market value or at a designated discount not to exceed 25%
of market value, to acquire Class A Common Stock. The Company's current Non-
Employee Directors as well as any subsequently elected Non-Employee Directors
constitute the class of persons eligible to participate in this plan. Up to
800,000 shares of Class A Common Stock are proposed to be reserved for
issuance pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Plan.     
 
  On or before December 31 of each year, each Non-Employee Director will
determine whether to receive all or a portion of his or her annual retainer
and Board of Directors and committee meeting fees for the following calendar
year in cash or to defer all or a portion (in 10% increments, but not less
than 50%) of such Annual Compensation (as defined in the Non-Employee Director
Plan) (assuming maximum attendance at scheduled Board of Directors and
committee meetings) into an interest-bearing account in the Non-Employee
Director Plan. In the case of a newly elected Non-Employee Director, such
determination to defer compensation must be made within the 30-day period
immediately following election to the Board of Directors. The determination to
defer, if made, will be indicated upon a Primary Election Form, which will
specify the percentage of compensation deferred and the basis for payment of
the interest-bearing account balance (a lump sum or designated number of
monthly payments not to exceed 120) to the Non-Employee Director upon the
earliest of (i) December 31 of the fifth year after the year with respect to
which the deferral was made; (ii) the first business day of the fourth month
after such Non-Employee Director's death; or (iii) termination as a Non-
Employee Director, for any reason other than by death.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
  At any time, but only once, during the calendar year immediately following
the filing of a Primary Election Form, a participating Non-Employee Director
may elect to convert the then current balance in his or her Interest Account
for the calendar year to which such Primary Election Form relates into options
to acquire Class A Common Stock. For example, if a Primary Election Form was
filed in December 1997 deferring Annual Compensation to be earned in 1998, the
Non-Employee Director may elect at any time during 1998 to convert such
deferred amount plus accrued interest to the conversion election date into
stock options. The irrevocable election to receive options as of this election
date, which is made on a Secondary Election Form, will specify the percentage
of such stock options to be granted at an exercise price of 100% of the Fair
Market Value per Share on the Option Grant Date and the percentage of options
to be granted at an exercise price of not less than 75% of the Fair Market
Value per Share (with the discount of up to 25% to be determined by the
Compensation Committee in its discretion). Non-Employee Directors may elect to
receive discounted stock options, market value stock options, or a combination
of both. To the extent that a Non-Employee Director chooses to receive
discounted stock options, he or she will receive options on a smaller number
of shares with a lower exercise price per share while a decision to receive
market value options will result a larger number of shares subject to option
with a higher exercise price per share.
 
  Options granted pursuant to the Non-Employee Director Plan will be non-
qualified stock options. Based upon the Non-Employee Director's decision as to
the exercise price (discounted or market value) of the options to be received,
the number of Shares subject to such option will be the whole number of Shares
equal to (a) the dollar amount which the Non-Employee Director has elected to
convert to options divided by (b) the per share value of an option on the
Option Grant Date, as determined using an option valuation model selected by
the Compensation Committee. Options are first exercisable, cumulatively, as to
10% of the Shares on each of the first through tenth anniversaries of the
Option Grant Date. The term of the option will be as specified by the
Compensation Committee but in no event may the period of time over which an
option may be exercised exceed eleven years from the Option Grant Date. In no
event will death, disability, retirement, other termination of directorship,
or failure to be reelected as a director shorten the term of any outstanding
option. Options may be subject to accelerated vesting and will be immediately
exercisable upon the Non-Employee Director's death or Disability, a Change in
Control of the Company as defined in the plan or the unanimous decision of the
Compensation Committee to accelerate. Upon acceleration, an option remains
exercisable for the remainder of its original term. Options may be exercised
in whole or in part. Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an
option only upon receipt by the Company of payment in full of the aggregate
purchase price for the Shares subject to the option or portion thereof being
exercised. The Compensation Committee may determine the specific method of
payment, including permitting "cashless exercises," and other terms and
provisions of options in its sole discretion.
 
  Options will not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution, except that the Compensation Committee may
permit transfers that it, in its sole discretion, concludes do not result in
accelerated taxation and that are otherwise appropriate and desirable taking
into account any applicable securities laws.
 
  Based upon current Federal tax laws, a Non-Employee Director will not
recognize income upon the making of a proper and timely deferral to the
Interest Account nor will income be recognized upon the conversion of such
account balance to options. The Non-Employee Director will recognize income
for purposes of Federal income tax when the amount in his or her Interest
Account is paid out or immediately upon the exercise of the options, generally
in an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the option. The
Company generally will receive a corresponding tax deduction when the Non-
Employee Director recognizes income subject to any applicable deductibility
limitations of the Code.
 
  The Non-Employee Director Plan will be administered by the Compensation
Committee, which will have the authority to interpret and construe the Non-
Employee Director Plan, make necessary rules and regulations to administer the
plan, and designate persons as its agents who are neither members of the
Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors to carry out administrative
responsibilities under the Plan.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
  Adjustments will be made to the total number of Shares reserved for issuance
under the Non-Employee Director Plan, the number of Shares covered by, and the
exercise price of each outstanding option if the Company at any time changes
the number of issued Shares through a stock dividend, stock split,
recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in corporate structure
affecting the Shares. The Compensation Committee will authorize the issuance,
continuation, or assumption of outstanding options or provide for other
equitable adjustments after changes in Shares resulting from any merger,
consolidation, sale of assets, acquisition of property or stock, or similar
occurrence in which the Company is the surviving or continuing corporation
upon such terms and conditions as it deems necessary. In the case of an
acquisition where the Company is not the surviving or continuing corporation
and outstanding Shares are not converted into or exchanged for different
securities, cash, or other property, a Non-Employee Director who holds an
outstanding option will have the right then and during the remaining term of
the option to receive the same acquisition consideration received by the
Company's other shareholders.
 
  The Board of Directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the Non-Employee
Director Plan or any stock option award notice under the plan at any time,
except that it may condition amendments or modifications on shareholder
approval if necessary or advisable because of tax, securities, or other
applicable laws, policies, or regulations. No amendment, modification, or
termination will adversely affect any outstanding options or Interest Accounts
without the consent of the participant.
 
  Executive Deferral Plan
   
  The Executive Deferral Plan will permit Eligible Executives to defer salary
and bonus into interest-bearing accounts in the plan, subject to a one time
opportunity to elect to convert within a designated time period any deferred
salary for that year as well as a one time opportunity to elect within a
designated time period to convert any deferred bonus for that calendar year
into options to acquire Class A Common Stock. Such options may be granted with
an exercise price of the fair market value of the stock or at a discount not
to exceed 25% of its market value. The Eligible Executives will be determined
from time to time by the Compensation Committee or its designee or by the
Chairman of the Board. Currently, three persons have been designated as
eligible to participate in the Executive Deferral Plan, and it is contemplated
that the number of Eligible Executives will not in any case exceed 10 persons.
Up to 2,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock have been reserved for issuance
pursuant to the Executive Deferral Plan.     
 
  On or before the last day of each calendar quarter, an Eligible Executive
may elect to receive all or a portion of his or her salary for the next
calendar quarter in cash or may irrevocably elect to defer all or a portion in
10% or $10,000 increments of next quarter's salary into an Interest Account
for Salary under the Executive Deferral Plan by delivering a Primary Election
Form for Salary to the plan administrator. Such Primary Election Form for
Salary will specify the amount of Salary to be deferred into the interest-
bearing account and the form and timing of the payout of deferred amounts,
except that if an executive elects to defer Salary for more than one quarter
in a calendar year, the form and timing of payout for each quarter's deferral
must be identical.
 
  At any time prior to December 31 of each year, an Eligible Executive may
also elect to receive all or a portion of his or her bonus for the current
calendar year in cash or may irrevocably elect to defer all or a portion (in
10% or $10,000 increments) of such current calendar year bonus into an
Interest Account for Bonus under the Executive Deferral Plan by delivering a
Primary Election Form for Bonus to the Plan administrator. Such Primary
Election Form for Bonus will specify the amount of Annual Bonus to be deferred
and the form and timing of payout of the deferred amount, except that if an
executive elects to defer both Salary and Annual Bonus for a particular
calendar year, the form and timing must be identical.
 
  The Interest Accounts of an Eligible Executive will be segregated to reflect
deferred compensation on a year-by-year basis and as to the type of
compensation deferred (salary or bonus). Interest will be credited to such
Interest Accounts at the rate determined from time to time by the Compensation
Committee. Payment of the balances in an executive's Interest Accounts will be
made as designated by the executive in a lump sum or in the number of
approximately equal monthly installments not to exceed 120 which have been
selected by the
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
executive. Such payments will begin on the earliest of (a) December 31 of the
fifth year after the year with respect to which the deferral was made, (b) the
first business day of the fourth month after the executive's death, or (c)
termination as an employee of the Company for any reason other than by death.
 
  At any time, but only once, during the twelve-month period following the end
of the calendar year with respect to which an executive deferred Salary into
the Executive Deferral Plan, such executive will have the right to convert his
or her Interest Account for Salary for the previous year into options in Class
A Common Stock by filing an irrevocable Secondary Election Form for Salary.
Also, at any time, but only one time, during the twelve month period following
the end of a calendar year with respect to which an executive has deferred
Annual Bonus into the Plan, such executive will have the right to convert his
or her Interest Account for Bonus for such previous year into options in Class
A Common Stock by filing an irrevocable Secondary Election Form for Bonus. The
filing of such Secondary Election Form for Salary or Secondary Election Form
for Bonus will result in receipt by the executive of options as of the date of
such filing. The Secondary Election Form will specify the percentage of
options to be granted at an exercise price of 100% of the Fair Market Value
per Share on the Option Grant Date and the percentage of options to be granted
at an exercise price of not less than 75% of the Fair Market Value per Share
on the Option Grant Date (with the discount of up to 25% to be determined by
Compensation Committee in its discretion). An Eligible Executive may elect to
receive market value stock options, discounted stock options or a combination
of both. To the extent that an executive selects market value options, he or
she will receive options on a larger number of shares with a higher exercise
price than if discounted options on fewer shares with a lower exercise price
were selected.
 
  Options issued pursuant to the Executive Deferral Plan will be non-qualified
stock options. Based upon the Eligible Executive's decision as to the exercise
price (discounted or market value) of the options to be received, the number
of Shares subject to such option will be the whole number of Shares equal to
(i) the dollar amount that the executive has elected to convert to options
divided by (ii) the per share value of an option on the Option Grant Date, as
determined using an option valuation model selected by the Compensation
Committee. Options are first exercisable, cumulatively, as to 10% of the
Shares on each of the first through tenth anniversaries of the Option Grant
Date, except that any option held by a "Covered Employee," as defined in (S)
162(m) of the Code, will not be exercisable before the first day of the
calendar year immediately following the year in which the executive ceased to
be a Covered Employee. The term of the option will be as specified by the
Compensation Committee but in no event may the period of time over which an
option may be exercised exceed the longer of eleven years from the Option
Grant Date or the thirtieth day of the calendar year immediately following the
year in which the executive ceased to be a Covered Employee. In no event will
death, disability, retirement, or other termination of employment shorten the
term of any outstanding option. Options will be subject to accelerated vesting
and will be immediately exercisable upon the executive's death or disability,
a Change in Control, or the unanimous decision of the Compensation Committee
to accelerate. Upon acceleration, an option remains exercisable for the
remainder of its original term.
 
  Options may be exercised in whole or in part. Shares will be issued pursuant
to the exercise of an option only upon receipt by the Company of payment in
full of the aggregate purchase price for the Shares subject to the option or
portion thereof being exercised. The Compensation Committee may determine the
specific method of payment, including permitting "cashless exercises," and
other terms and provisions of options in its sole discretion.
 
  Options will not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution, except that the Compensation Committee may
permit transfers that it, in its sole discretion, concludes do not result in
accelerated taxation and that are otherwise appropriate and desirable taking
into account any applicable securities laws.
 
  Based on current Federal tax laws, a participating executive will not
recognize income upon the making of a proper and timely deferral to Interest
Accounts nor will income be recognized upon the conversion of such account
balances to options. The executive will recognize income for purposes of
Federal income tax when the amounts in his or her Interest Accounts are paid
out or immediately upon the exercise of the non-qualified
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
options, generally in an amount equal to the option spread on the date of
exercise. The Company generally will receive a corresponding tax deduction
when the executive recognizes income, subject to any applicable deductibility
limitations of the Code.
 
  The Executive Deferral Plan will be administered by the Compensation
Committee, which will have the authority to interpret and construe the plan,
make necessary rules and regulations to administer the Plan and designate
persons as its agents who are neither members of the Compensation Committee or
the Board of Directors to carry out administrative responsibilities under the
Plan.
 
  Adjustments will be made to the total number of Shares reserved for issuance
under the Executive Deferral Plan, the number of Shares covered by and the
exercise price of each outstanding option if the Company at any time changes
the number of issued Shares through a stock dividend, stock split,
recapitalization, reorganization, or other change in corporate structure
affecting the Shares. The Compensation Committee will authorize the issuance,
continuation or assumption of outstanding options or provide for other
equitable adjustments after changes in the number of Shares resulting from any
merger, consolidation, sale of assets, acquisition of property or stock, or
similar occurrence in which the Company is the surviving or continuing
corporation upon such terms and conditions as it deems necessary. In the case
of an acquisition where the Company is not the surviving or continuing
corporation and outstanding Shares are not converted into or exchanged for
different securities, cash, or other property, a participating executive who
holds an outstanding option will have the right then and during the remaining
term of the option to receive the same acquisition consideration received by
the Company's other shareholders.
 
  The Board of Directors may amend, suspend, or terminate the Executive
Deferral Plan or any Stock Option Award Notice under the Plan at any time,
except that it may condition amendments or modifications on shareholder
approval if necessary or advisable because of tax, securities, or other
applicable laws, policies, or regulations. No amendment, modification, or
termination will adversely affect any outstanding options or Interest Accounts
without the consent of the participating executive.
 
  Other Plans
   
  Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan (formerly the
United Investors Management Company Savings and Investment Plan). This plan
will be amended and restated, effective as of a date no sooner than the date
of the Offering, to rename it the Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Savings and
Investment Plan, bring it into compliance with recent legislative and
regulatory changes, and change the investment options available to
participants. Effective as of the same date as the adoption of this plan,
assets and liabilities related to the following categories of current and
former employees will be transferred from the plan to the Torchmark
Corporation Savings and Investment Plan: (i) current and former employees of
UILIC who have an account balance under this plan, (ii) current employees of
WRAMCO employed in the marketing division; and (iii) former employees of the
Company or one of its affiliates who are currently employed by Torchmark or
its affiliates. Effective as of the same date, the Torchmark Corporation
Savings and Investment Plan will also transfer to the Waddell & Reed
Financial, Inc. Savings And Investment Plan assets and liabilities related to
former employees of Torchmark or its affiliates who are currently employees of
the Company. The Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan is
a tax-qualified, defined contribution plan that allows eligible employees of
the Company to contribute up to 16% of compensation, as described below, on an
after-tax basis. Employees of the Company are eligible to begin contributing
to the plan after completing one year of service. The Company makes a matching
contribution to the Plan, on behalf of each employee who elects to
participate, equal to 50% of the participant's contributions up to the first
6% of compensation. The plan defines compensation as total compensation
(including amounts deferred pursuant to a cafeteria plan under (S) 125 of the
Code) less annual service awards and other non-cash prizes, deferred
compensation, director's fees, expense reimbursements or allowances, and
amounts in excess of $150,000 per year (as adjusted). Participants may invest
their account balances in a Torchmark stock fund or one or more of 15 mutual
funds that are sponsored by the Company and made available under the plan.
Effective no sooner than the date of the Offering, participants may elect to
invest their account balances in Class A Common Stock. Effective as of this
same date, participants will be permitted     
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
   
to make investment transfers out of the Torchmark stock fund but will not be
permitted to make transfers into it. Cash dividends on stock held in the
Torchmark stock fund will be reinvested in Torchmark common stock. The plan
permits investment transfers to take place up to eight times per year.
Transfers take effect during the valuation period that begins after the
valuation period during which a change is requested. There are 24 semi-monthly
valuation periods under the plan. Participants may receive in-service
distributions from their accounts under the plan. Distributions are also
available upon normal retirement (age 65), disability, death, or termination
of employment before normal retirement age. Upon the occurrence of this latter
event, only the vested portion of the matching contributions account is
distributable. The vesting schedule is a graded six-year schedule, beginning
at 20% at two years of service and increasing in 20% increments per year of
service until six years of service have been completed.     
   
  Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Retirement Income Plan (formerly the United
Investors Management Company Retirement Income Plan). This plan will be
amended and restated, effective as of a date no sooner than the date of the
Offering, to rename it the Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Retirement Income
Plan and bring it into compliance with recent legislative and regulatory
changes. Effective upon adoption of this plan, assets and liabilities related
to the following categories of employees will be transferred to the Torchmark
Corporation Pension Plan: (i) existing employees of WRAMCO employed in the
marketing division and (ii) former employees of the Company who are currently
employed by Torchmark or its affiliates. Effective as of the same date, the
Torchmark Corporation Pension Plan will also transfer to the Waddell & Reed
Financial, Inc. Retirement Income Plan assets and liabilities related to
former employees of Torchmark or its affiliates who are currently employees of
the Company. The plan is a tax-qualified, non-contributory pension plan that
covers all eligible employees of the Company who are 21 years of age or older
and have one or more years of credited service. The benefits under the plan
are determined by multiplying the average of the participant's earnings in the
five consecutive years in which they were highest during the last ten years
before the participant's retirement by a percentage equal to 2% for each year
of credited service up to 30 years and by 1% for each year of credited service
for the next ten years and then reducing that result by a Social Security
offset and by other benefits from certain other plans of the Company and
Torchmark or its affiliates. Earnings for purposes of the plan do not include
bonuses or commissions (other than for Regional Vice Presidents, and Division
Managers), directors' fees, expense reimbursements, employer contributions to
retirement plans, deferred compensation, or any amounts in excess of $150,000
per year (as adjusted). Benefits under the plan vest 100% after five years.
Upon the participant's retirement, benefits under the plan are payable as an
annuity or in a lump sum.     
 
  Waddell & Reed, Inc. Career Field Retirement Plan. Until January 1, 1973,
Company employees participated in the Waddell & Reed, Inc. Career Field
Retirement Plan. Under this plan, the Company contributed annually up to 10%
of its profits less forfeitures, which were allocated to the participants on
the basis of their compensation. Voluntary employee contributions were
permitted under the plan but not required. Since January 1, 1973, no new
participants have been admitted to the plan, and participants and the employer
make no further contributions. All participants are fully vested. Upon the
participant's retirement, termination of employment, disability, death, or
reaching age 65, his account is used to purchase an annuity or is paid in a
lump sum. Benefits paid under the plan do not offset benefits paid under any
other pension plan.
 
  Control Group Issues. Following the consummation of the Offering, the
Company will continue to be a member of the Torchmark controlled group, within
the meaning of (S) 414(b) of the Code, and will continue to be treated as a
trade or business under common control with Torchmark, within the meaning of
(S) 414(c) of the Code. All members of a controlled group or group of trades
or businesses under common control are required to be treated as one employer
for purposes of many of the Code's provisions relating to tax qualification,
such as (S) 401 (nondiscrimination in benefits and various other
nondiscrimination rules), (S) 410 (coverage rules), (S) 411 (benefit accrual
and vesting rules), (S) 415 (maximum benefit rules), and (S) 416 (top-heavy
rules). Application of these rules may require a change of benefits, coverage,
or structure of the Company's qualified plans in order to maintain the
qualified status of the plans.
 
  Continuing Interrelationships with Torchmark. Both the Company's and
Torchmark's qualified plans will continue to pay benefits to former employees
of Torchmark who were entitled to benefits under the predecessor
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
plans maintained by the Company (except to the extent that assets and
liabilities related to such benefits are spun off to other qualified plans of
Torchmark). For example, employees of Torch Energy Advisors Incorporated who
participated in the Company's plans prior to January 1, 1996, will continue to
be entitled to receive benefit payments under the Company's tax-qualified
plans.
   
CONVERSION OF TORCHMARK EQUITY COMPENSATION TO CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF THE
COMPANY     
   
  As of February 2, 1998, there are outstanding options (the "Torchmark
Options") to purchase 7,250,218 shares of common stock of Torchmark
Corporation granted by Torchmark to officers, directors, and employees of
Torchmark Corporation and its affiliates, including the Company, under various
Torchmark Corporation stock compensation plans (the "Torchmark Plans"). It is
currently anticipated that in connection with the Spin-Off existing Torchmark
Options will be adjusted (the "Adjusted Torchmark Options") and the Company
will provide for the issuance of options (the "Conversion Options") to
purchase Class A Common Stock to the holders of outstanding Torchmark Options
(except for options granted December 24, 1997). The Company and Torchmark will
then provide (i) holders of Torchmark Options that are employees of the
Company an election to receive either solely Conversion Options or a
combination of Conversion Options and Adjusted Torchmark Options in a ratio
that is reflective of the pro rata distribution of Class A Common Stock to
Torchmark stockholders in the Spin-Off and (ii) holders of Torchmark Options
who are employees of Torchmark an election to receive either solely Adjusted
Torchmark Options or a combination of Conversion Options and Adjusted
Torchmark Options in a ratio that is reflective of the pro rata distribution
of Class A Common Stock to Torchmark stockholders in the Spin-Off. The number
of options that the option holder will be entitled to receive and respective
exercise prices will be determined so that (i) the ratio of the exercise price
of each of the Conversion Options and the Adjusted Torchmark Options to the
market value of their respective underlying common stock will not be less than
the ratio of the exercise price of Torchmark Options to the underlying market
value of the Torchmark Corporation common stock immediately prior to the Spin-
Off and (ii) the aggregate intrinsic value of the Conversion Options and
Adjusted Torchmark Options (the difference between the aggregate exercise
price and aggregate market value of the underlying stock) will not exceed the
aggregate intrinsic value inherent in Torchmark Options immediately prior to
the Spin-Off. The Company and Torchmark reserve the right to adjust the
foregoing procedures as it deems necessary in its sole discretion so that the
purposes of the conversion are effected in a manner suitable to the Company
and Torchmark. All other terms and conditions of the options issued in the
conversions described above will be the same as the original options.     
          
  As of the date of the closing of the Offering, Messrs. Tucker, Herrmann, and
Hechler will be able to elect to convert deferrals of bonus for 1997 under TMK
Executive Deferral Plan into options to purchase Class A Common Stock at a
formula price set forth in such plan. Also as of the date of the closing of
the Offering, Messrs. Lanier, McCormick, and Records will be able to elect to
convert Torchmark Options (covering an aggregate of approximately 30,586
shares of Torchmark common stock) received by them as a result of deferrals,
and Mr. Hagopian will be entitled to convert the cash balance of his interest
account ($48,000 principal amount, plus interest) of director compensation for
1998 under Torchmark's non-employee director plan into options to purchase
Class A Common Stock. Such options to purchase Class A Common Stock will vest
on the original schedule provided for in the Torchmark plans. The number of
shares to be subject to such options and the exercise price for the options to
purchase Class A Common Stock will be computed in a manner consistent with the
conversions referred to above. Finally, as of the date of the closing of the
Offering, 48,000 shares of restricted stock of Torchmark Corporation
previously issued to Mr. Tucker pursuant to a Torchmark stock plan will be
converted into a number of shares of Restricted Stock under the Stock
Incentive Plan equal to 48,000 times the market value of the Torchmark
Corporation common stock divided by the offering price of the Class A Common
Stock. Such shares of Restricted Stock will vest on the original schedule,
which provides for ratable vesting over four years from the date of grant.
       
  As of the date of this Prospectus, it is not possible to determine how many
shares of Class A Common Stock will be issued in the conversions described
above. It is probable that holders of Class A Common Stock will experience
dilution as a result of such conversions. Holders of Torchmark Options are not
contractually bound to make either election outlined above.     
 
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
   
  Solely as an example of the potential dilution that could result to holders
of Class A Common Stock, assuming that (i) the market value per share of
Torchmark Corporation common stock is $42.00 (its closing price on the NYSE on
February 11, 1997); (ii) the market value per share of the Class A Common
Stock after giving effect to the Spin-Off is $21.00 (the mid-point in the
range of the offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus);
and (iii) the market value per share of the Torchmark Corporation common stock
after giving effect to the Spin-Off reflects the assumed value of the Class A
Common Stock; and (iv) all persons eligible to receive Class A Common Stock
options elect to receive the maximum available, then the conversions described
above would result in the issuance of options to purchase approximately
4,618,663 shares of Class A Common Stock with an average exercise price of
approximately $14.452 per share. The foregoing example is for purposes of
illustration only, and represents only the Company's and Torchmark's present
intentions. Actual results of the conversions described above could vary.     
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
                 
              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS     
   
  The following is a summary of certain arrangements between the Company and
Torchmark. Although the Company believes that these arrangements embody terms
and conditions no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in
negotiations between independent parties, these arrangements were established
before the Offering and were not the subject of arm's-length negotiations. See
"Risk Factors--Relationship with Torchmark" and "Risk Factors--Conflicts of
Interest Between the Company and Torchmark."     
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH TORCHMARK
   
  Intercompany Debt. From 1981 until the Offering, the Company has been a
subsidiary of Torchmark. The Company, in keeping with Torchmark's strategy for
its subsidiaries, paid virtually all of its earnings to Torchmark as
dividends. In November 1997, the Company paid Torchmark a dividend of
unsecured promissory notes in the original aggregate principal amount of $480
million that mature on November 25, 2002 and bear interest at an annual rate
of 8%, of which $390 million was payable to Liberty (the "Second Liberty
Note") and $90 million was payable to Torchmark Corporation (the "Torchmark
Note"). The Torchmark Note and the Second Liberty Note are mandatorily
prepayable from any capital raised from any public or private offering of debt
or equity securities, including the Offering. The Torchmark Note and the
Second Liberty Note were issued to permit Torchmark to withdraw the Company's
surplus earnings plus a portion of Torchmark's capital investment in the
Company. Prior to the Offering, the Torchmark Note was reduced by a prepayment
of $52 million plus all outstanding interest and the Second Liberty Note was
reduced by a prepayment of $90 million plus all outstanding interest, so that
the aggregate principal amount remaining on such notes is $338 million.     
   
  The Company also owes approximately $90 million to Liberty under the First
Liberty Note, a promissory note dated December 23, 1996, originally in the
aggregate principal amount of $124 million, that matures on May 1, 2000 and
bears interest at an annual rate of 6%. The First Liberty Note was issued in
connection with an intercompany funding arrangement with Liberty and Torchmark
Corporation. Prior to the Offering, the First Liberty Note was reduced by a
prepayment of $34 million plus all outstanding interest, so that the aggregate
principal amount remaining on such note is $90 million.     
   
  The Torchmark Note, the First Liberty Note and the Second Liberty Note
constitute the "Notes." The remaining $428 million aggregate balance of the
Notes will be paid with the proceeds of the Offering. Upon consummation of the
Offering, therefore, the Notes will have been paid in full, and the Company
will have no other debt outstanding, except that if the net proceeds of the
Offering (assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) are
less than the amount due under the Notes, the unpaid balance of the Notes will
remain an obligation of the Company.     
   
  Spin-Off. From 1981 until the Offering, the Company has been a subsidiary of
Torchmark. After the consummation of the Offering, the Company will continue
to be controlled by Torchmark, which will own more than 80% of the combined
voting power of the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock of the
Company. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock have
identical rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled
to one vote per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to
five votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders and (ii)
holders of Class A Common Stock are not eligible to vote on matters relating
exclusively to Class B Common Stock and vice versa. Torchmark Corporation has
advised the Company that, subject to certain conditions, Torchmark currently
intends to divest its ownership interest in the Company by means of the Spin-
Off. Torchmark has advised the Company that it expects to complete the Spin-
Off in the last quarter of 1998. Conditions to the Spin-Off include the
receipt by Torchmark of a ruling by the Internal Revenue Service to the effect
that such dividend will qualify as a tax-free distribution under (S) 355 of
the Code and receipt of necessary regulatory approvals to the Spin-Off and
related transactions. There can be no assurance that such conditions will be
fulfilled or waived by Torchmark, nor can there be any assurance that, in any
event, the Spin-Off will occur or that Torchmark will not sell or otherwise
dispose of its Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with Planned Spin-Off of the Company."     
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
          
  Several purposes underlie the Spin-Off. Torchmark, in keeping with its
strategy for its subsidiaries, has caused the Company to pay virtually all of
its earnings to Torchmark as dividends. The Company desires to be able to
devote substantially more of its earnings to support its future growth. In
addition, the Company believes that its future growth would be enhanced if it
is able to set compensation and other policies for its core business on a
separate basis from Torchmark. Also, in keeping with the strategy of enhancing
shareholder value, Torchmark desires to access the capital markets and has
determined that raising funds through the completion by the Company of a
public offering of its Class A Common Stock will maximize value.     
   
  The following are summaries of the Affiliate Agreements. Reference should be
made to the Affiliate Agreements themselves, which have been filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is part.     
 
  Public Offering and Separation Agreement. The Company and Torchmark have
agreed in principle to a public offering and separation agreement (the
"Separation Agreement") setting forth the parties' agreements with respect to
the Offering, the Spin-Off, and certain relationships of the parties prior to
and following the Offering.
   
  The Separation Agreement provides for certain conditions precedent to the
parties obligation to consummate the Offering, including, that as of the date
of the Offering, Liberty, a wholly owned subsidiary of Torchmark (which,
before the Offering, owns more than 80% of the outstanding Common Stock and,
after the Offering and the Recapitalization will own more than 80% of the
voting power of the Common Stock) must control (within the meaning of (S)(S)
355 and 368(c) of the Code) the Company, all other conditions to permit the
Spin-Off to qualify as a tax-free distribution to Torchmark and the
shareholders of Torchmark, must, to the extent applicable as of the time of
the Offering, be satisfied, and there must be no event or condition that is
likely to cause any of the foregoing not to be satisfied as of the time of the
Spin-Off. Among other conditions, the Board of Directors of Torchmark
Corporation must also have determined that the terms of the Offering are
acceptable to Torchmark. Subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,
Torchmark has agreed to effect the Spin-Off as promptly as practicable after
October 1, 1998. The Company and Torchmark have agreed that the Board of
Directors of Torchmark Corporation will have the sole discretion to determine
whether to waive any stated condition. The Spin-Off is conditioned upon, among
other things, the receipt of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service that the Spin-Off will qualify as a tax-free distribution for Federal
income tax purposes under (S) 355 of the Code, which ruling must be in form
and substance satisfactory to Torchmark in its sole discretion. The Spin-Off
is also conditioned upon the absence of, since December 31, 1997, any material
adverse change and Torchmark and the Company must have complied with all
conditions set forth in the ruling with respect to the business or financial
condition of Torchmark or any other event or development which the Board of
Directors of Torchmark Corporation determines, in its sole discretion, makes
the Spin-Off not in the best interest of Torchmark and its stockholders. The
Company has agreed that if the Spin-Off does not occur on or before March 31,
1999, Torchmark will have the right at any time after such date but prior to
March 31, 2002 to cause the Company to use its best efforts to register the
shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock held by Torchmark for
resale under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and
limitations. The Company has also agreed that if it files a registration
statement for the sale of securities (except with respect to registration
statements on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or another form available for registration
of securities other than for sale to the public for cash) before December 31,
2002, Torchmark may, subject to certain conditions and limitations, include in
such registration statement shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common
Stock held by Torchmark.     
 
  Under the Separation Agreement, each of Torchmark Corporation and the
Company will indemnify the other in the event of certain liabilities,
including, liabilities arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.
Additionally, each of the Company and Torchmark Corporation have agreed to
indemnify the other for certain liabilities relating to (i) their respective
businesses, (ii) any individual employed by such company or its affiliates on
the date the Offering is completed, except to the extent such person was
acting solely as an officer, director, or employee of the other company or the
other company's affiliates, or (iii) any authorized accountants, counsel,
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
   
or other designated representative of the company or any of the company's
affiliates, in each case, whether relating to or arising out of occurrences
prior to, on, or after the date the Offering is completed. The Separation
Agreement also provides that the Company will indemnify Torchmark for tax
liabilities with respect to the Spin-Off that result from certain errors or
omissions in written statements that the Company has furnished or will furnish
to Torchmark in connection with this Registration Statement or the private
letter ruling request and related supplements to be filed with the Internal
Revenue Service regarding the Spin-Off.     
 
  Torchmark and the Company have agreed to continue joint coverage under
certain insurance policies following the Offering until the earlier of the
renewal date of the relevant policies or the date of the Spin-Off.
   
  The Company has agreed that between the date the Offering is completed and
the date of the Spin-Off, the Company will not issue any shares of stock or
enter into a binding obligation to do so if the effect would be that Torchmark
would not control the Company within the meaning of (S) 355 and (S) 368(c) of
the Code.     
   
  Tax Disaffiliation Agreement. The Company and Torchmark have entered into a
tax disaffiliation agreement (the "Tax Disaffiliation Agreement") providing
for the allocation of responsibility between the Company and its subsidiaries
(the "Company Group") and Torchmark and its affiliates other than the Company
and its subsidiaries (the "Torchmark Group") for (i) the filing of tax
returns, (ii) tax liabilities for taxable periods, before and after the
Offering, (iii) the conduct of tax audits and the handling of tax
controversies, and (iv) various related matters. Under the Tax Disaffiliation
Agreement, the Company will be responsible for, and will hold each member of
the Torchmark Group harmless on an after tax basis against, any liability for
taxes attributable to any member of the Company Group with respect to periods
before and after the Offering other than tax liabilities, if any, with respect
to the Offering (including the recognition of certain deferred intercompany
gains at the close of the Offering), the Spin-Off, the distributions of the
stock of WRAMCO by certain members of the Company Group and the Torchmark
Group on September 30, 1997 (the "WRAMCO Spin-Off") and certain other
transactions (collectively, the "Restructuring Transactions"). However, the
Company will be responsible for any tax liability of the Company Group or the
Torchmark Group with respect to a Restructuring Transaction caused by or
resulting from a breach by any member of the Company Group of certain
agreements made in the Tax Disaffiliation Agreement or certain of the
representations, warranties, or agreements set forth in the private letter
ruling request and supplements filed with the Internal Revenue Service with
respect to the Spin-Off, but only to the extent that the Torchmark Group in
the aggregate is liable for more taxes than it would have been had such breach
not occurred. In the event that such tax liabilities with respect to a
Restructuring Transaction were to become payable by the Company, such payment
could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The Company will be
entitled to any tax refund that is attributable to both an entity and a
taxable year or period for which the Company has tax liability under the Tax
Disaffiliation Agreement. No member of the Company Group may carry back any
net operating loss from a tax period after the Offering to a tax period before
the Offering. Members of the Company Group may carry back any credit or other
tax attribute attributable to a member of the Company Group from a tax period
after the Offering to a tax period before the Offering and receive a payment
related to the associated tax benefit, unless such carry back results in a
material detriment to any member of the Torchmark Group. Torchmark has full
responsibility and discretion to file tax returns for periods during which the
Company Group and the Torchmark Group are included in the same consolidated
group for federal income tax purposes or the same consolidated, combined, or
unitary returns for state, local, or foreign tax purposes.     
   
  Services to WRAMCO. In September 1997, the Company distributed all of the
capital stock of WRAMCO to Torchmark by means of a dividend. WRAMCO provides
investment advisory services to pension funds and to Torchmark. The Company
effected the WRAMCO dividend, in part, to separate its pension fund marketing
activities from its investment management and mutual fund distribution
activities. Prior to the date of the Offering, the Company, through a wholly
owned subsidiary, has provided advisory services to WRAMCO, to support
WRAMCO's investment advisory services to pension funds and to Torchmark.
Pursuant to an Investment     
 
                                      58
<PAGE>
 
   
Services Agreement, a subsidiary of the Company will continue to provide
investment advisory services to WRAMCO to support WRAMCO's advisory services
provided to its pension fund clients and to Torchmark. Such advisory services
relating to Torchmark will be primarily limited to advice relating to the
management of high yield portfolio accounts, emerging market accounts, and
certain other types of accounts, and the advisory fee will be based on a
percentage of net assets, with such percentage believed to approximate market.
The agreement may be terminated by either party upon 30 days notice.     
   
  Prior to the Offering, the Company provided certain services to WRAMCO.
Pursuant to a Services Agreement, the Company will continue to provide certain
services to WRAMCO such as legal services. The Company will also continue to
provide certain other services to WRAMCO, including, among others, data
processing services and mail services pursuant to an oral agreement. The
Company will receive payment for such services based on the costs actually
incurred on a time and materials basis. The Company estimates that the
aggregate revenues it will receive from its relationship with WRAMCO will
constitute approximately 2.5% of the Company's total revenues in 1998.     
   
  Agent Agreements. The Company will continue to have the right to distribute
variable annuities and life insurance products, Medicare supplement, and long
term care insurance underwritten by Torchmark. The current General Agent
Contract (relating to variable annuities and life insurance products) and the
current Independent Agent Contract (relating to Medicare supplement and long
term care insurance) between such parties entered into prior to the Offering
will each be extended through December 31, 1998 on their current terms.
Additionally, the Company will continue to serve as an Underwriter for
Torchmark pursuant to a letter agreement which establishes a distribution
arrangement and a Principal Underwriting Agreement, which terms will also be
extended through December 31, 1998. Aggregate revenues under these agreements
constitute approximately 12.7% of the Company's total revenue in 1997.     
   
  Partnership. As of December 31, 1997, TMK Income Properties, L.P. , a
partnership in which Torchmark holds a majority interest, owed the Company
approximately $1,426,136 pursuant to a promissory note bearing interest at a
rate of 8% per annum with a maturity date of December 31, 2002. The Company
intends to reduce the amount of the note by approximately $900,000 in
consideration of certain real property the Company will receive and use for
parking and future expansion. In addition, the Company will provide certain
maintenance services pursuant to a Maintenance Agreement with TMK Income
Properties, L.P., which services generated approximately $66,000 in revenues
in 1997.     
       
       
  Any future material transactions between the Company and Torchmark and its
affiliates will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be
obtained from unaffiliated third parties on an arm's-length basis and would be
approved by a majority of the Company's independent and disinterested
directors. The Company's Board of Directors will be advised in advance of any
such proposed transactions that are material to the Company and will utilize
such procedures in evaluating their terms and provisions as are appropriate in
light of the Board's fiduciary duties under state law. Depending on the nature
and size of the particular transaction, in any such review the Board may rely
on management's knowledge, utilize outside experts or consultants, secure
appraisals, refer to industry statistics or prices or take such other actions
as are appropriate under the circumstances. The Certificate of Incorporation
contains provisions that address certain potential conflicts of interest
between Torchmark and the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock--
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions--Corporate Opportunity and
Conflicts of Interest Policy."
   
UILIC     
          
  The Company formerly held all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
UILIC. The Company has declared and paid the UILIC Dividend. The Company
effected the UILIC Dividend in order to divest itself of insurance operations
to enable the Company to focus on its core business of investment management
and distribution.     
 
                                      59
<PAGE>
 
                             
                          PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER     
   
  Before the Offering, all of the outstanding Common Stock will be owned by
Torchmark. After the Recapitalization and consummation of the Offering,
Torchmark will beneficially own approximately 36.75% of the Class A Common
Stock (approximately 33.3% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full) and all of the Class B Common Stock then outstanding.
Except as described above, the Company is not aware of any other person or
group that will beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of
Common Stock after the Offering.     
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
   
  The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 150,000,000 shares
of Class A Common Stock, 100,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, and
5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. No Preferred Stock is outstanding as of
the date of this Prospectus. Of the Class A Common Stock authorized,
29,675,000 shares will be outstanding upon consummation of the Offering;
7,975,000 held by Torchmark and 21,700,000 shares are being offered in the
Offering (23,870,000 shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full). 16,300,000 shares have been reserved for issuance pursuant
to certain employee benefits plans. See "Management--Compensation, Benefits,
and Retirement Plans." Of the 100,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock
authorized, 34,325,000 will be outstanding and held by Torchmark upon
consummation of the Offering. The following summary description of the capital
stock of the Company is qualified by reference to the Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, copies of which are filed as exhibits
to the Registration Statement.     
 
COMMON STOCK
   
  Voting Rights. The holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
have identical rights except that (i) holders of Class A Common Stock are
entitled to one vote per share while holders of Class B Common Stock are
entitled to five votes per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders
and (ii) holders of Class A Common Stock are not eligible to vote on matters
relating exclusively to Class B Common Stock and vice versa. Holders of shares
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are not entitled to cumulate
their votes in the election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted
on by stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election
of directors, by a plurality) of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares
of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock present in person or
represented by proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to any voting
rights granted to holders of any Preferred Stock. Except as otherwise provided
by law, and subject to any voting rights granted to holders of any outstanding
Preferred Stock, amendments to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation
generally must be approved by a majority of the combined voting power of all
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock voting together as a single
class. Amendments to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation that would
alter or change the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Class A
Common Stock or the Class B Common Stock so as to affect them adversely also
must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders
of the shares affected by the amendment, voting as a separate class.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment to the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation to increase the authorized shares of any class or classes of
stock will be deemed not to affect adversely the powers, preferences, or
special rights of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.     
 
  Dividends. Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock will
receive an equal amount per share in any dividend declared by the Board of
Directors, subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding Preferred
Stock. Dividends consisting of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B
Common Stock may be paid only as follows: (i) shares of Class A Common Stock
may be paid only to holders of Class A Common Stock and shares of Class B
Common Stock may be paid only to holders of Class B Common Stock and (ii)
shares will be paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of
Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock.
 
                                      60
<PAGE>
 
  Other Rights. On liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company,
after payment in full of the amounts required to be paid to holders of
Preferred Stock, if any, all holders of Common Stock, regardless of class, are
entitled to share ratably in any assets available for distribution to holders
of shares of Common Stock. No shares of Common Stock are subject to redemption
or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Common Stock. Upon
consummation of the Offering, all the outstanding shares of Class A Common
Stock and Class B Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid, and
nonassessable.
   
PREFERRED STOCK     
 
  As of the date of this Prospectus, no shares of Preferred Stock are
outstanding. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of Preferred
Stock in one or more series and may determine, with respect to any such
series, the designations, powers, preferences, and rights of such series, and
its qualifications, limitations, and restrictions, including, without
limitation, (i) the designation of the series; (ii) the number of shares of
the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where
otherwise provided in the designations for such series) increase or decrease
(but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding); (iii)
whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or noncumulative and the
dividend rate of the series; (iv) the conditions upon which and the dates at
which dividends, if any, will be payable, and the relation that such
dividends, if any, will bear to the dividends payable on any other class or
classes of stock; (v) the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for
shares of the series; (vi) the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided
for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series; (vii) the amounts
payable on and the preferences, if any, of shares of the series, in the event
of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the
affairs of the Company; (viii) whether the shares of the series will be
convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security,
of the Company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such
other class or series or such other security, the conversion price or prices
or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such
shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such
conversion may be made; and (ix) the voting rights, if any, of the holders of
shares of such series.
 
  The Company believes that the ability of the Board of Directors to issue one
or more series of Preferred Stock will provide the Company with flexibility in
structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other
corporate needs that might arise. The authorized shares of Preferred Stock
will be available for issuance without further action by the Company's
stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of
any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's
securities may be listed or traded. The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the
"NYSE") currently requires stockholder approval as a prerequisite to listing
shares in several instances, including where the present or potential issuance
of shares could result in an increase in the number of shares of common stock
outstanding, or in the amount of voting securities outstanding, of at least
20%.
 
  Although the Board of Directors has no current intention of doing so, it
could issue a series of Preferred Stock that could, depending on the terms of
such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer, or other
takeover attempt. The Board of Directors will make any determination to issue
such shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of the Company and
its stockholders. The Board of Directors, in so acting, could issue Preferred
Stock having terms that could discourage a potential acquirer from making,
without first negotiating with the Board of Directors, an acquisition attempt
through which such acquirer may be able to change the composition of the Board
of Directors, including a tender offer or other transaction that some, or a
majority, of the Company's stockholders might believe to be in their best
interests or in which stockholders might receive a premium for their stock
over the then current market price of such stock.
 
BUSINESS COMBINATION STATUTE
 
  As a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware, the
Company will be subject to (S) 203 of the DGCL, which restricts certain
business combinations between the Company and an "interested stockholder" (in
general, a stockholder owning 15% or more of the Company's outstanding voting
stock) or its affiliates or associates for a period of three years following
the time that the stockholder becomes an "interested stockholder." The
restrictions do not apply if (i) prior to an interested stockholder becoming
such, the Board of
 
                                      61
<PAGE>
 
Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction that resulted in any person becoming an
interested stockholder, such interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the
voting stock of the Company outstanding at the time the transaction commenced
(excluding shares owned by certain employee stock ownership plans and persons
who are both directors and officers of the Company); or (iii) at or subsequent
to the time an interested stockholder becomes such, the business combination
is both approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or
special meeting of the Company's stockholders, not by written consent, by the
affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock not owned
by the interested stockholder. Because Torchmark became an interested
stockholder at a time when the restrictions did not apply, the restrictions
will not apply to any business combination with Torchmark.
 
  Under certain circumstances, (S) 203 of the DGCL makes it more difficult for
a person who would be an "interested stockholder" to effect various business
combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the
stockholders may elect to exclude a corporation from the restrictions imposed
under (S) 203. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company does not
exclude the Company from the restrictions imposed under (S) 203 of the DGCL.
It is anticipated that the provisions of (S) 203 of the DGCL may encourage
companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the
Board of Directors, since the stockholder approval requirement would be
avoided if a majority of the directors then in office approves, prior to the
date on which a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, either the
business combination or the transaction that results in the stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder.
 
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
 
  The summary set forth below describes certain provisions of the Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws. The summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws,
copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
  Certain of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
discussed below may have the effect, either alone or in combination with the
provisions of (S) 203 discussed above, of making more difficult or
discouraging a tender offer, proxy contest, or other takeover attempt that is
opposed by the Board of Directors but that a stockholder might consider to be
in such stockholder's best interest. Those provisions include (i) the
classification of the Company's Board of Directors; (ii) restrictions on the
rights of stockholders to remove or elect directors; and (iii) prohibitions
against stockholders calling a special meeting of stockholders or acting by
unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. In addition, the Certificate
of Incorporation contains provisions relating to the allocation of certain
corporate opportunities and resolution of certain potential conflicts of
interest. See "--Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies."
 
 Classified Board; Number of Directors; Removal; Filling Vacancies
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company provide that the
Board of Directors--except for directors who may be elected by the holders of
Preferred Stock--will be divided into three classes of directors, initially
with four directors in two of the classes and two directors in the third
class. See "Management--Directors and Executive Officers." One class is to be
originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
to be held in 1999, another class is to be originally elected for a term
expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, and another
class is to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2001. Each director is to hold office until his or
her successor is duly elected and qualified. Commencing with the 1999 annual
meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed directors whose terms
then expire will be elected for a term of office to expire at the third
succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election, with each
director to hold office until such person's successor is duly elected and
qualified.
 
                                      62
<PAGE>
 
   
  The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to any rights of
holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances,
the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant
to a resolution adopted by directors constituting a majority of the total
number of directors that the Company would have if there were no vacancies on
the Board of Directors (the "Whole Board"), with the Whole Board consisting of
not more than 15 nor less than seven directors. The Certificate of
Incorporation also provides that, subject to any rights of holders of
Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock, and unless the Board of
Directors otherwise determines, any vacancies will be filled only by the
affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a
quorum. Accordingly, absent an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation,
the Board of Directors could prevent any stockholder from enlarging the Board
of Directors and filling the new directorships with such stockholder's own
nominees.     
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company provide that,
subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect directors under
specified circumstances, effective as of the date on which Torchmark
beneficially owns less than a majority of the Voting Stock (as defined below)
(the "Trigger Date"), directors may be removed only for cause and only upon
the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all the
then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors ("Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class. Before the
Trigger Date, directors may be removed, without cause, with the affirmative
vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then
outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
 
  The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more
difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board of
Directors. At least two annual meetings of stockholders, instead of one, will
generally be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board of
Directors. Such a delay may help ensure that the Company's directors, if
confronted by a holder attempting to force a proxy contest, a tender or
exchange offer, or an extraordinary corporate transaction, would have
sufficient time to review the proposal as well as any available alternatives
to the proposal and to act in what they believe to be the best interest of the
stockholders. The classification provisions will apply to every election of
directors, however, regardless of whether a change in the composition of the
Board of Directors would be beneficial to the Company and its stockholders and
whether or not a majority of the Company's stockholders believe that such a
change would be desirable. The classification provisions could also have the
effect of discouraging a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a
tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company, even
though such an attempt might be beneficial to the Company and its
stockholders. The classification of the Board of Directors could thus increase
the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. In
addition, because the classification provisions may discourage accumulations
of large blocks of the Company's stock by purchasers whose objective is to
take control of the Company and remove a majority of the Board of Directors,
the classification of the Board of Directors could tend to reduce the
likelihood of fluctuations in the market price of the Common Stock that might
result from accumulations of large blocks. Accordingly, stockholders could be
deprived of certain opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at a
higher market price than might otherwise be the case.
 
 No Stockholder Action By Written Consent; Special Meetings
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, effective as of
the Trigger Date, and subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock
to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, stockholder
action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and
stockholder action may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting.
The Bylaws provide that, subject to the rights of holders of any series of
Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances,
special meetings of stockholders can be called only by the Board of Directors
pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board or the
Chairman of the Board, except that prior to the Trigger Date, special meetings
can also be called at the request of the holders of a majority of the voting
power of the then outstanding Voting Stock. Effective as of the Trigger Date,
stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require
that the Board of Directors call a special meeting of stockholders. Moreover,
the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders
is limited to the business brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice
of meeting given by the Company.
 
                                      63
<PAGE>
 
  The provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent and permitting special
meetings to be called only by the Chairman or at the request of a majority of
the Whole Board may have the effect, after the Trigger Date, of delaying
consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting. The
provisions would also prevent the holders of a majority of the voting power of
the Voting Stock from unilaterally using the written consent procedure to take
stockholder action. Moreover, a stockholder could not force stockholder
consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the Chairman or a majority
of the Whole Board by calling a special meeting of stockholders prior to the
time such parties believe such consideration to be appropriate.
 
 Liability of Directors; Indemnification
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation provides that a director will not be
personally liable for monetary damages to the Company or its stockholders for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any
breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders;
(ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional
misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) for paying a dividend or
approving a stock repurchase in violation of (S) 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) for
any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Any amendment or repeal of such provision will not adversely affect any right
or protection of a director existing under such provision for any act or
omission occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
   
  The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company will indemnify
any person who was or is a party to any threatened, pending, or completed
action, suit, or proceeding because he or she is or was a director or officer
of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director or officer of another corporation, partnership, or other enterprise.
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that this indemnification will be
from and against expenses, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement by
the indemnitee. However, this indemnification will only be provided if the
indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed
to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company.     
 
 Corporate Opportunity and Conflict of Interest Policies
 
  In order to address certain potential conflicts of interest between the
Company and Torchmark, the Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions
concerning the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve
Torchmark and its subsidiaries (other than the Company and its subsidiaries)
and their respective officers and directors, and the powers, rights, duties,
and liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective
officers, directors, and stockholders in connection therewith. In general,
these provisions recognize that the Company and Torchmark may engage in the
same or similar business activities and lines of business and have an interest
in the same areas of corporate opportunities and that the Company and
Torchmark will continue to have contractual and business relations with each
other (including service of officers and directors of Torchmark as directors
of the Company). See "Management--Directors and Executive Officers."
 
  For purposes of these provisions, the terms "Company" and "Torchmark"
include their subsidiaries and other entities in which they respectively
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the outstanding
voting securities or interests (except that "Torchmark" does not include the
Company and its subsidiaries and such other entities), and, in the case of
Torchmark, all successors to Torchmark by way of merger, consolidation, or
sale of all or substantially all its assets.
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation provides that any person purchasing or
otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Company
will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions.
 
  Before the Trigger Date, the affirmative vote of the holders of more than
80% of the outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, will
be required to alter, amend, or repeal any of these conflict of interest or
corporate opportunity provisions in a manner adverse to the interests of
Torchmark. After the Trigger Date, the conflict of interest and corporate
opportunity provisions will terminate.
 
                                      64
<PAGE>
 
  Corporate Opportunity Policy. The Certificate of Incorporation provides
that, except as Torchmark may otherwise agree in writing, Torchmark will have
the right (i) to engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of
business as the Company; (ii) to do business with any potential or actual
client, customer, or supplier of the Company; and (iii) to employ or engage
any officer or employee of the Company. Neither Torchmark nor any officer or
director of Torchmark will be liable to the Company or its stockholders for
breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of these activities.
 
  If Torchmark acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that
may be a corporate opportunity for both Torchmark and the Company, Torchmark
will have no duty to communicate that opportunity to the Company. Furthermore,
Torchmark will not be liable to the Company or its stockholders because
Torchmark pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs
that corporate opportunity to another person or entity, or does not present
that corporate opportunity to the Company.
 
  If a director or officer of the Company who is also a director or officer of
Torchmark acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter that may be
a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Torchmark, the Certificate of
Incorporation requires that the director or officer of the Company act in good
faith in accordance with the following three-part policy, and a director or
officer so acting will be deemed to have acted reasonably and in good faith
and fully to have satisfied his or her duties of loyalty and fiduciary duties
to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such opportunity.
 
  First, a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is a director but
not an officer of the Company and who is also an officer (whether or not a
director) of Torchmark will belong to Torchmark, unless the opportunity is
expressly offered to that person primarily in his or her capacity as a
director of the Company, in which case the opportunity will belong to the
Company.
 
  Second, a corporate opportunity offered to any person who is an officer
(whether or not a director) of the Company and who is also a director but not
an officer of Torchmark will belong to the Company, unless the opportunity is
expressly offered to that person primarily in his or her capacity as a
director of Torchmark, in which case the opportunity will belong to Torchmark.
 
  Third, a corporate opportunity offered to any other person who is either an
officer of both the Company and Torchmark or a director of both the Company
and Torchmark will belong to Torchmark or to the Company, as the case may be,
if the opportunity is expressly offered to the person primarily in his or her
capacity as an officer or director of Torchmark or of the Company,
respectively. Otherwise, the opportunity will belong to Torchmark.
 
  Under the Certificate of Incorporation, any corporate opportunity that
belongs to Torchmark or to the Company pursuant to the foregoing policy will
not be pursued by the other (or directed by the other to another person or
entity) unless and until Torchmark or the Company, as the case may be,
determines not to pursue the opportunity. If the party to whom the corporate
opportunity belongs does not, however, within a reasonable period of time,
begin to pursue, or thereafter continue to pursue, such opportunity diligently
and in good faith, the other party may pursue such opportunity (or direct it
to another person or entity).
 
  A director or officer of the Company who acts in accordance with the
foregoing three-part policy (i) will be deemed fully to have satisfied his or
her fiduciary duties to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such
corporate opportunity; (ii) will not be liable to the Company or its
stockholders for any breach of fiduciary duty by reason of the fact that
Torchmark pursues or acquires such opportunity for itself or directs such
corporate opportunity to another person or entity or does not communicate
information regarding such opportunity to the Company; (iii) will be deemed to
have acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be
in the best interests of the Company; and (iv) will be deemed not to have
breached his or her duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders and not
to have derived an improper benefit therefrom.
 
  Under the Certificate of Incorporation, "corporate opportunities"
potentially allocable to the Company consist of business opportunities that
(i) the Company is financially able to undertake; (ii) are, from their nature,
 
                                      65
<PAGE>
 
   
in the Company's line or lines of business and are of practical advantage to
the Company; and (iii) are ones in which the Company has an interest or
reasonable expectancy. In addition, "corporate opportunities" do not include
transactions in which the Company or Torchmark is permitted to participate
pursuant to any agreement between the Company and Torchmark that is in effect
as of the time any equity security of the Company is held of record by any
person other than Torchmark or subsequently entered into with the approval of
the disinterested directors.     
 
  For purposes of these corporate-opportunity provisions, a director of the
Company who is chairman of the Board of Directors (or a committee thereof) or
chief executive officer will not be deemed to be an officer of the Company by
reason of holding such position, unless such person is a full-time employee of
the Company.
 
  Conflict of Interests Policy. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that
no contract, agreement, arrangement, or transaction between the Company and
Torchmark or any customer or supplier or any entity in which a director of the
Company has a financial interest (a "Related Entity"), or between the Company
and one or more of the directors or officers of the Company, Torchmark, or any
Related Entity; any amendment, modification, or termination thereof; or any
waiver of any right thereunder, will be voidable solely because Torchmark or
such customer or supplier, any Related Entity, or any one or more of the
officers or directors of the Company, Torchmark, or any Related Entity are
parties thereto, or solely because any such directors or officers are present
at or participate in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee
thereof that authorizes the contract, agreement, arrangement, transaction,
amendment, modification, termination, or waiver (each, a "Transaction") or
solely because their votes are counted for such purpose, if the standard
specified is satisfied. That standard will be satisfied, and Torchmark, the
Related Entity, and the directors and officers of the Company, Torchmark, or
the Related Entity (as applicable) will be deemed to have acted reasonably and
in good faith (to the extent such standard is applicable to such person's
conduct) and fully to have satisfied any duties of loyalty and fiduciary
duties they may have to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such
Transaction if any of the following four requirements are met:
 
    (i) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the
  Transaction are disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or the
  committee thereof that authorizes the Transaction, and the Board of
  Directors or such committee in good faith approves the Transaction by the
  affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board
  of Directors or such committee, even if the disinterested directors are
  less than a quorum;
 
    (ii) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and as to the
  Transaction are disclosed or known to the holders of Voting Stock entitled
  to vote thereon, and the Transaction is specifically approved by vote of
  the holders of a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding
  Voting Stock not owned by Torchmark or such Related Entity, voting together
  as a single class;
 
    (iii) the Transaction is effected pursuant to guidelines that are in good
  faith approved by a majority of the disinterested directors on the Board of
  Directors or the applicable committee thereof or by vote of the holders of
  a majority of the then outstanding Voting Stock not owned by Torchmark or
  such Related Entity, voting together as a single class; or
 
    (iv) the Transaction is fair to the Company as of the time it is approved
  by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders of the
  Company.
 
  The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that any such Transaction
authorized, approved, or effected, and each of such guidelines so authorized
or approved, as described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above, will be deemed to be
entirely fair to the Company and its stockholders, except that, if such
authorization or approval is not obtained, or such Transaction is not so
effected, no presumption will arise that such Transaction or guideline is not
fair to the Company and its stockholders. In addition, the Certificate of
Incorporation provides that Torchmark will not be liable to the Company or its
stockholders for breach of any fiduciary duty that Torchmark may have as a
stockholder of the Company by reason of the fact that Torchmark takes any
action in connection with any transaction between Torchmark and the Company.
 
                                      66
<PAGE>
 
LISTING
   
  The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official
notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the trading symbol "WDR."     
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
  The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is First Chicago Trust
Company of New York.
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
   
  Before the Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. Future sales or distributions of substantial amounts of Common Stock
in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.
Torchmark has advised the Company that it intends to effect the Spin-Off,
subject to conditions. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Relationship with Torchmark--Spin-Off."     
   
  Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will have 29,675,000 shares of
Class A Common Stock issued and outstanding (31,845,000 Shares of Class A
Common Stock if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full)
and 34,325,000 shares of Class B Common Stock issued and outstanding. All of
the shares of Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering will be freely
tradable without restrictions, or further registration under the Securities
Act, except that shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company (as that
term is defined in Rule 144 (an "Affiliate")) will be subject to the resale
limitations of Rule 144. None of the outstanding shares of Common Stock owned
by Torchmark has been registered under the Securities Act, and may be sold
only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act
or in accordance with Rule 144 or another exemption from registration
("Restricted Shares").     
   
  The Restricted Shares will constitute "restricted securities" within the
meaning of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and will be eligible
for sale in the open market after the Offering subject to the Lock-Up
Agreement and applicable requirements of Rule 144 described below. For as long
as Torchmark is able to cause a majority of the Company's Board of Directors
to be elected, it will be able to require the Company at any time to register
under the Securities Act all or a portion of the Common Stock owned by it, in
which event such shares could be sold publicly upon the effectiveness of any
such registration without restriction. In addition, under the Affiliate
Agreements, Torchmark will have the right to require the Company to use its
best efforts to register for sale its shares of Common Stock and to include
such shares of Common Stock in certain registration statements. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Relationship with Torchmark."     
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a period of at least
one year has elapsed between the later of the date on which "restricted
shares" (as that phrase is defined in Rule 144) were acquired from the Company
and the date on which they were acquired from an Affiliate, then the holder of
such restricted shares (including an Affiliate) is entitled to sell a number
of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of
(i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of the Common Stock or (ii) the
average weekly reported volume of trading of the Common Stock during the four
calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to
certain requirements pertaining to the manner of such sales, notices of such
sales, and the availability of current public information concerning the
Company. Because Torchmark will be deemed to have held its shares of Common
Stock for more than one year, Torchmark will be able to sell its shares of
Common Stock in the public markets without registration immediately upon
expiration of the Lock-Up Agreement, subject to the foregoing volume limits.
Affiliates may sell shares not constituting restricted shares in accordance
with the foregoing volume limitations and other requirements but without
regard to the one-year period. Under Rule 144(k), if a period of at least two
years has elapsed between the later of the date on which restricted shares
were acquired from the Company and the date on which they were acquired from
an Affiliate, a holder of such restricted shares who is not an Affiliate at
the time of the sale and has not been an Affiliate for at least three months
prior to the sale would be entitled to sell the shares immediately without
regard to the volume limitations and other conditions described above. The
foregoing description of Rule 144 is not intended to be complete, and Rule 144
in its entirety should be referred to.
   
  Sales of significant amounts of the Class A Common Stock or Class B Common
Stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could have an adverse
effect on the market price of the Class A Common Stock. Torchmark has advised
the Company that, subject to certain conditions, it currently intends to
divest its ownership of Common Stock by means of the Spin-Off. Torchmark will
own more than 66% of the outstanding Common Stock after the Offering. The
Spin-Off as currently proposed could be effected without registration under
the Securities Act and without regard to the limitations of Rule 144. Each of
the Company and Torchmark have agreed that during the period beginning on the
date of this Prospectus and continuing to and including the     
 
                                      68
<PAGE>
 
date 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, it will not offer, sell,
contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Class A Common Stock
or Class B Common Stock (other than pursuant to employee benefit plans
existing, or on conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable
securities outstanding, on the date of this Prospectus or as payment for
acquisitions by the Company) without the prior written consent of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, except for the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered in connection with the Offering. See "Underwriters."
 
               CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                         FOR NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
 
  The following is a general discussion of certain United States Federal
income and estate tax considerations with respect to the ownership and
disposition of Class A Common Stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders. In
general, a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any holder other than (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States; (ii) a corporation or partnership created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of
any state; (iii) an estate, the income of which is includable in gross income
for United States federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
(iv) a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of the trust and (b) one or more
United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions
of the trust. This discussion is based on current law, which is subject to
change (possibly with retroactive effect), and is for general information
only. This discussion does not address all aspects of income and estate
taxation or any aspects of state, local or non-United States taxes, nor does
it consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular
Non-U.S. Holder (including certain U.S. expatriates). ACCORDINGLY, PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES
FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-UNITED STATES INCOME AND OTHER TAX
CONSIDERATIONS OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK.
 
DIVIDENDS
 
  In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder will be subject to United
States withholding tax at a 30% rate of the gross amount (or a lower rate
prescribed by an applicable income tax treaty) unless the dividends are either
(i) effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States or (ii) if certain income tax treaties apply,
attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States maintained by
the Non-U.S. Holder. Dividends effectively connected with such a United States
trade or business or attributable to such a United States permanent
establishment generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax
if the Non-U.S. Holder files certain forms, including Internal Revenue Service
Form 4224, with the payor of the dividend, and generally will be subject to
United States federal income tax on a net income basis, in the same manner as
if the Non-U.S. Holder were a resident of the United States. A Non-U.S. Holder
that is a corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a
rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income
tax treaty) on the repatriation from the United States of its "effectively
connected earnings and profits," subject to certain adjustments. To determine
the applicability of a tax treaty providing for a lower rate of withholding
under the currently effective Treasury Regulations (the "Current
Regulations"), dividends paid to an address in a foreign country are presumed
to be paid to a resident of that country absent knowledge to the contrary.
Under Treasury Regulations issued on October 6, 1997 (the "Final
Regulations"), generally effective for payments made after December 31, 1998,
a Non-U.S. Holder (including, in certain cases of Non-U.S. Holders that are
entities, the owner or owners of such entities) will be required to satisfy
certain certification requirements in order to claim a reduced rate of
withholding pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty.
 
GAIN OR SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
  In general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to United States federal
income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of such
holder's shares of Class A Common Stock unless (i) the gain either is
effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States or, if certain income tax treaties apply, is
attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States maintained by
 
                                      69
<PAGE>
 
the Non-U.S. Holder (and, in either case, the branch profits tax discussed
above may also apply if the Non-U.S. Holder is a corporation); (ii) the Non-
U.S. Holder is an individual who holds shares of Class A Common Stock as a
capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the
taxable year of disposition and certain other tests are met; or (iii) the
Company is or has been a United States real property holding corporation (a
"USRPHC") for United States Federal income tax purposes (which the Company
does not believe that it has been, currently is, or will become) at any time
within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such
Non-U.S. Holder's holding period. If the Company were or were to become a
USRPHC at any time during this period, gains realized upon a disposition of
Class A Common Stock by a Non-U.S. Holder that did not directly or indirectly
own more than 5% of the Class A Common Stock during this period generally
would not be subject to United States Federal income tax, provided that the
Class A Common Stock is regularly traded on an established securities market.
 
ESTATE TAX
 
  Class A Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
citizen or resident (as defined for United States Federal estate tax purposes)
of the United States at the time of death will be includable in the
individual's gross estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes unless
an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be
subject to United States Federal estate tax.
 
BACKUP WITHHOLDING, INFORMATION REPORTING, AND OTHER REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
 
  The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each
Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax withheld with
respect to, each Non-U.S. Holder. These reporting requirements apply
regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable
tax treaty. Copies of this information also may be made available under the
provisions of a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the
country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established.
 
  Under the Current Regulations, United States backup withholding tax (which
generally is imposed at the rate of 31% on certain payments to persons that
fail to furnish the information required under the United States information
reporting requirements) and information reporting requirements (other than
those discussed above under "Dividends") generally will not apply to dividends
paid on Class A Common Stock to a Non-U.S. holder at an address outside the
United States. Backup withholding and information reporting generally will
apply, however, to dividends paid on shares of Class A Common Stock to a Non-
U.S. Holder at an address in the United States, if such holder fails to
establish an exemption or to provide certain other information to the payor.
 
  Under the Current Regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition
of Class A Common Stock to or through a United States office of a broker will
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the
beneficial owner, under penalties of perjury, certifies, among other things,
its status as a Non-U.S. Holder or otherwise establishes an exemption. The
payment of proceeds from the disposition of Class A Common Stock to or through
a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup
withholding and information reporting except as noted below.  In the case of
proceeds from a disposition of Class A Common Stock paid to or through a non-
U.S. office of a broker that is (i) a United States person; (ii) a "controlled
foreign corporation" for United States Federal income tax purposes; or (iii) a
foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business, information
reporting (but not backup withholding) will apply unless the broker has
documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a Non-U.S. Holder (and the
broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary).
 
  Under the Final Regulations, the payment of dividends or the payment of
proceeds from the disposition of Class A Common Stock to a Non-U.S. Holder may
be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless such
recipient satisfies applicable certification requirements or otherwise
establishes an exemption.
 
  Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be refunded
or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder's United States Federal income tax
liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the
Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.
 
                                      70
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITERS
   
  Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an Underwriting
Agreement dated the date of this Prospectus (the "Underwriting Agreement"),
the U.S. Underwriters named below for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
are acting as U.S. Representatives, and the International Underwriters named
below for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited, Goldman Sachs
International, and Merrill Lynch International are acting as International
Representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the Company has agreed
to sell to them, severally, the respective number of shares of Class A Common
Stock set forth opposite the names of such Underwriters below:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                      NUMBER OF
        NAME                                                            SHARES
        ----                                                          ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>
U.S. Underwriters:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..................................
  Goldman, Sachs & Co. ..............................................
  Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
       Incorporated..................................................
                                                                      ----------
    Subtotal......................................................... 17,360,000
                                                                      ----------
International Underwriters:
  Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited.........................
  Goldman Sachs International........................................
  Merrill Lynch International........................................
                                                                      ----------
    Subtotal.........................................................  4,340,000
                                                                      ----------
      Total.......................................................... 21,700,000
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>    
   
  The U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters, and the U.S.
Representatives and the International Representatives are collectively
referred to as the "Underwriters" and the "Representatives," respectively. The
Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Class A Common
Stock offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by
their counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated
to take and pay for all of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby
(other than those covered by the U.S. Underwriters' over-allotment option
described below) if any such shares are taken.     
   
  Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with certain exceptions (i)
it is not purchasing any Shares (as defined below,) for the account of anyone
other than a United States or Canadian Person (as defined below) and (ii) it
has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly,
any Shares or distribute any prospectus relating to Shares outside the United
States or Canada or to anyone other than a United States or Canadian Person.
Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that, with certain
exceptions (i) it is not purchasing any Shares for the account of any United
States or Canadian person and (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not
offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Shares or distribute any prospectus
relating to the Shares in the United States or Canada or to any United States
or Canadian Person. With respect to any Underwriter that is a U.S. Underwriter
and an International Underwriter, the foregoing representations and agreements
(i) made by it in its capacity as a U.S. Underwriter apply only to it in its
capacity as a U.S. Underwriter and (ii) made by it in its capacity as an
International Underwriter apply only to it in its capacity as an International
Underwriter. The foregoing limitations do not apply to stabilization
transactions or to certain other transactions specified in the Agreement
between the U.S. and International Underwriters. As used herein, "United
States or Canadian Person" means any national or resident of the United States
or Canada, or any corporation, pension, profit-sharing, or other trust or
other entity organized under the laws of the United States or Canada or of any
political subdivision thereof (other than a branch located outside the United
States and Canada of any United States or Canadian Person) and includes any
United States or     
 
                                      71
<PAGE>
 
   
Canadian branch of a person who is otherwise not a United States or Canadian
person. All shares of Class A Common Stock to be purchased by the Underwriters
are referred to herein as the "Shares."     
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, sales
may be made between the U.S. Underwriters and International Underwriters of
any number of Shares as may be mutually agreed. The per share price of any
Shares so sold will be the public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof, in United States dollars, less an amount not greater than the per
share amount of the concession to dealers set forth below.
   
  Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has
agreed not to offer or sell, any Shares, directly or indirectly, in any
province or territory of Canada or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of
any province or territory of Canada in contravention of the securities laws
thereof and has represented that any offer or sale of Shares in Canada will be
made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus
in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer or sale is made.
Each U.S. Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any of the Shares a notice stating in substance that, by purchasing
such Shares, such dealer represents and agrees that it has not offered or
sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such Shares
in any province or territory of Canada or to, or for the benefit of, any
resident of any province or territory of Canada in contravention of the
securities laws thereof and that any offer or sale of Shares in Canada will be
made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a prospectus
in the province or territory of Canada in which such offer or sale is made,
and that such dealer will deliver to any other dealer to whom it sells any of
such Shares a notice containing substantially the same statement as is
contained in this sentence.     
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that (i) it has not
offered or sold and, prior to the date six months after the closing date for
the sale of the Shares to the International Underwriters, will not offer or
sell, any Shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose
ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing, or disposing
of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or
otherwise in circumstances that have not resulted and will not result in an
offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public
Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will comply
with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with respect
to anything done by it in relation to the Shares in, from or otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and
will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it
in connection with the offering of the Shares to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document
may otherwise be lawfully issued or passed on.
 
  Pursuant to the Agreement between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has further represented that it has not offered or
sold, and has agreed not to offer or sell, directly or indirectly, in Japan or
to or for the account of any resident thereof, any of the Shares acquired in
connection with the distribution contemplated hereby, except for offers or
sales to Japanese International Underwriters or dealers and except pursuant to
any exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and
Exchange Law and otherwise in compliance with applicable provisions of
Japanese law. Each International Underwriter has further agreed to send to any
dealer who purchases from it any of the Shares a notice stating in substance
that, by purchasing such Shares, such dealer represents and agrees that it has
not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, any of such Shares, directly
or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident thereof
except for offers or sales to Japanese International Underwriters or dealers
and except pursuant to any exemption from the
 
                                      72
<PAGE>
 
registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and otherwise in
compliance with applicable provisions of Japanese law, and that such dealer
will send to any other dealer to whom it sells any of such Shares a notice
containing substantially the same statement as is contained in this sentence.
   
  The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the Shares directly to
the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof and
part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess
of $   per share under the public offering price. Any Underwriter may allow,
and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $   per share to
other Underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the
Shares, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be
varied by the Representatives.     
   
  The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable for
30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
2,170,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the price to public set
forth on the cover page hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
The U.S. Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the
shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent such option is
exercised, each U.S. Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain
conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional
shares of Class A Common Stock as the number set forth next to such U.S.
Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares
of Class A Common Stock set forth next to the names of all U.S. Underwriters
in the preceding table.     
 
  The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend for sales
to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the aggregate number of
shares of Class A Common Stock offered by them.
   
  The Class A Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to official
notice of issuance, on the NYSE under the trading symbol "WDR."     
   
  Each of the Company and Torchmark and each of the directors and executive
officers of the Company has agreed that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not,
during the period ending 180 days after the date of this Prospectus (the
"Lock-up Period"), (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option
or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any
option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer, lend or dispose
of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Class A Common Stock or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Common
Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to
another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of
the Class A Common Stock whether any such transaction described in clause (i)
or (ii) above is settled by delivery of Class A Common Stock, or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise. The restrictions described in this paragraph
do not apply to (x) the sale of Shares to the Underwriters, (y) the issuance
by the Company of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the exercise of an
option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of
this Prospectus of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing, or (z)
transactions by any person other than the Company or Torchmark relating to
shares of Class A Common Stock or other securities acquired in open market
transactions after the completion of the Offering. The restrictions on the
Company and Torchmark are subject to exceptions for the issuance of Class A
Common Stock (A) pursuant to employee benefit plans and (B) as payment for
acquisitions by the Company, if all persons or entities receiving Shares
pursuant to this clause (B) agree to be subject to the restrictions in clauses
(i) and (ii) above for the remainder of the Lock-up Period.     
 
  In order to facilitate the Offering, the Underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the
Class A Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may over-allot in
connection with the Offering, creating a short position in the Class A Common
Stock for their own account. In addition, to cover over-allotments or to
stabilize the price of the Class A Common Stock, the Underwriters may bid for,
and purchase, shares of Class A Common Stock in the open market. Finally, the
underwriting syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an
Underwriter or a dealer for distributing the Class A Common Stock in the
Offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed Class A Common
Stock in transactions to cover syndicate short positions, in stabilization
transactions, or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain
the market price of the Class A Common Stock above independent market levels.
The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may end
any of these activities at any time.
 
                                      73
<PAGE>
 
  From time to time, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated has provided, and
continues to provide, investment banking services to Torchmark Corporation and
the Company.
 
  Torchmark, the Company, and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each
other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act.
 
DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM
   
  At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved for sale, at
the initial public offering price, up to 1.25 million shares of the Class A
Common Stock (that will be offered by this Prospectus) for directors,
officers, employees, business associates, and related persons of the Company.
The number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for sale to the general
public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved
shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the
Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares
offered hereby.     
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Class A
Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by
negotiations between Torchmark and the Company on the one hand and the U.S.
Representative on the other hand. Among the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price will be the future prospects of
the Company and its industry in general, sales, earnings, and certain other
financial operating information of the Company in recent periods, and the
price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and
certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities
similar to those of the Company. The estimated initial public offering price
range set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus is subject to change as a
result of market conditions and other factors.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the shares of Class A Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Hughes & Luce, L.L.P., Dallas, Texas. Certain
legal matters in connection with the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock in
the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate,
Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
   
  The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996
and 1997, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December
31, 1997 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the
report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.     
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (as amended from time to time and together with all exhibits and schedules
thereto, the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect
to the Class A Common Stock to be sold in the Offering. This Prospectus
constitutes a part of the Registration Statement and does not contain all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain portions of which
have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission.
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the content of any contract or
other document are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, reference
is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respect
by such reference. For further
 
                                      74
<PAGE>
 
information regarding the Company and the Class A Common Stock, reference is
hereby made to the Registration Statement, a copy of which may be obtained
from the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. upon payment
of the fees prescribed by the Commission.
 
  The Registration Statement, and the reports and other information to be
filed by the Company with the Commission following the Offering in accordance
with the Exchange Act, can be inspected and copied at the principal office of
the Commission at Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the
Commission: 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048 and Northwestern
Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Copies of such material may be obtained from the Commission's website,
http//www.sec.gov, and from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
its principal office at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon
payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission.
 
                                      75
<PAGE>
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                       <C>
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC. AND
 SUBSIDIARY
Independent Auditors' Report.............................................  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1997.............  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
 1995, 1996 and 1997.....................................................  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholder's Equity for the years
 ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997..................................  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
 1995, 1996 and 1997.....................................................  F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................  F-7
Pro Forma Financial Statements........................................... F-18
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
       
          
  When the transaction referred to in Note 1 has been consummated, we will be
in a position to render the following report.     
                          
                       INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT     
   
The Board of Directors     
   
 Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.:     
   
  We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Waddell &
Reed Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries, a subsidiary of Torchmark Corporation,
as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1997. These consolidated financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.     
   
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.     
   
  In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Waddell &
Reed Financial, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three year period ended December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.     
          
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP     
   
Kansas City, Missouri     
   
January 30, 1998     
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                         WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           
                        DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               1996     1997
                                                             -------- --------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>      <C>
                           ASSETS
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents (note 2)........................ $ 59,003   73,820
  Investment securities, available-for-sale (note 3)........   19,980   18,977
  Receivables:
    United Funds and W&R Funds..............................    3,579    4,031
    Customers and other.....................................   11,986   11,840
  Due from affiliates (note 6)..............................   13,320   17,232
  Deferred income taxes (note 8)............................      120    1,241
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.................    2,151    2,991
                                                             -------- --------
    Total current assets....................................  110,139  130,132
  Due from affiliates (note 6)..............................  171,153  175,450
  Property and equipment, net (note 4)......................   10,392   12,058
  Investment in real estate, net (note 5)...................   17,092      --
  Investment in real estate partnership (note 5)............      --    17,544
  Deferred sales commissions, net...........................   10,439   12,316
  Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of $14,575 and
   $17,479).................................................  101,734   98,831
  Other assets..............................................    8,329      633
                                                             -------- --------
    Total assets............................................ $429,278  446,964
                                                             ======== ========
            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
 Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.......................................... $ 24,832   22,929
  Due to affiliates (note 6)................................    2,428  102,459
  Accrued salesforce compensation...........................    9,007    8,666
  Income taxes payable......................................   18,249    3,314
  Other current liabilities.................................    8,146   18,525
                                                             -------- --------
    Total current liabilities...............................   62,662  155,893
                                                             -------- --------
  Due to affiliates (note 6)................................  124,133  509,186
  Deferred income taxes (note 8)............................      947    2,246
  Accrued pensions and post-retirement costs (notes 9 and
   10)......................................................    7,938    9,530
  Other liabilities.........................................    1,043      --
                                                             -------- --------
    Total liabilities.......................................  196,723  676,855
                                                             -------- --------
Stockholders' equity (note 7):
  Common stock ($.01 par value; 42,300,000 shares
   authorized,
   issued and outstanding)..................................      423      423
  Additional paid-in capital................................  231,968      --
  Retained earnings.........................................      --       --
  Dividends in excess of retained earnings and additional
   paid-in capital                                                --  (230,658)
  Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities..........      164      344
                                                             -------- --------
    Total stockholders' equity..............................  232,555 (229,891)
                                                             -------- --------
Commitments, contingencies and subsequent events (notes 14
 and 15)
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.................. $429,278  446,964
                                                             ======== ========
</TABLE>    
 
          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
                      
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS     
                  
               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                        1995    1996     1997
                                                       ------- -------  -------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                        FOR PER SHARE AMOUNT)
<S>                                                    <C>     <C>      <C>
Revenue (note 6):
  Investment management fees.......................... $85,289 101,466  117,784
  Underwriting and distribution fees:
   United Funds and W&R Funds.........................  44,126  55,059   58,815
   Affiliates.........................................  26,267  30,778   30,612
  Shareholder service fees............................  23,527  28,378   30,763
  Investment and other revenue........................   4,295   5,295    3,798
                                                       ------- -------  -------
    Total revenue..................................... 183,504 220,976  241,772
                                                       ------- -------  -------
Expenses:
  Underwriting and distribution.......................  64,082  78,915   79,995
  Compensation and related costs......................  21,304  21,913   26,618
  General and administrative (note 6).................   8,594  10,180   15,826
  Depreciation........................................   1,914   1,758    1,307
  Amortization of goodwill............................   2,903   2,903    2,903
                                                       ------- -------  -------
    Total expenses....................................  98,797 115,669  126,649
                                                       ------- -------  -------
    Income before interest and income taxes...........  84,707 105,307  115,123
Interest (note 6)
  Income..............................................   3,886   4,072   11,323
  Expense.............................................     --     (186) (11,299)
                                                       ------- -------  -------
    Income before income taxes........................  88,593 109,193  115,147
Income taxes (note 8).................................  35,092  42,493   44,855
                                                       ------- -------  -------
    Net income........................................ $53,501  66,700   70,292
                                                       ======= =======  =======
Pro forma net income per share:
  Basic and diluted...................................                  $  1.10
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>    
          
       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.     
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
                  
               STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY     
                  
               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                          COMMON STOCK
                          -------------
                                                               DIVIDENDS IN
                                        ADDITIONAL               EXCESS OF
                                         PAID-IN   RETAINED  RETAINED EARNINGS   UNREALIZED        TOTAL
                                         CAPITAL   EARNINGS   AND ADDITIONAL   GAIN (LOSS) ON  STOCKHOLDER'S
                          SHARES AMOUNT  (NOTE 7)  (NOTE 7)   PAID-IN CAPITAL    INVESTMENT   EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                          ------ ------ ---------- --------  ----------------- -------------- ----------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>       <C>               <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1994...................  42,300  $423    193,377   29,158            --            (666)          222,292
Net income..............     --    --         --    53,501            --             --             53,501
Contributions from
 parent.................     --    --      10,581      --             --             --             10,581
Other distributions
 (note 6)...............     --    --         --   (69,098)           --             --            (69,098)
Unrealized gain on
 investment securities..     --    --         --       --             --             930               930
                          ------  ----   --------  -------       --------           ----          --------
Balance at December 31,
 1995...................  42,300   423    203,958   13,561            --             264           218,206
Net income..............     --    --         --    66,700            --             --             66,700
Contributions from
 parent.................     --    --     121,358      --             --             --            121,358
Other distributions
 (note 6)...............     --    --     (93,348) (70,261)           --             --           (163,609)
Cash dividends to
 parent.................     --    --         --   (10,000)           --             --            (10,000)
Unrealized loss on
 investment securities..     --    --         --       --             --            (100)             (100)
                          ------  ----   --------  -------       --------           ----          --------
Balance at December 31,
 1996...................  42,300   423    231,968      --             --             164           232,555
Net income..............     --    --         --    70,292            --             --             70,292
Contributions from
 parent.................     --    --      47,980      --             --             --             47,980
Other distributions
 (note 6)...............     --    --    (279,948) (18,627)      (230,658)           --           (529,233)
Cash dividends to
 parent.................           --         --   (51,665)           --             --            (51,665)
Unrealized gain on
 investment securities..     --    --         --       --             --             180               180
                          ------  ----   --------  -------       --------           ----          --------
Balance at December 31,
 1997...................  42,300  $423        --       --        (230,658)           344          (229,891)
                          ======  ====   ========  =======       ========           ====          ========
</TABLE>    
          
       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.     
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
                      
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS     
                  
               YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                1995      1996     1997
                                               -------  --------  -------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>      <C>       <C>      <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.................................. $53,501    66,700   70,292
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash
   provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............   4,817     4,661    4,210
    Gain on sale of investments...............     (30)      --       --
    Loss on sale and retirement of fixed
     assets...................................      59       311       65
    Capital gains and dividends reinvested....     (60)      (60)     (78)
    Deferred income taxes.....................    (186)      827       27
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Receivables from funds..................  (1,606)    1,172     (452)
      Other receivables.......................  (1,836)    2,725   (1,195)
      Due to/from affiliates--operating.......    (660)    1,703   (4,217)
      Other assets............................  (3,317)   (9,913)  (5,383)
      Accounts payable........................   7,488      (252)  (1,883)
      Other liabilities.......................   4,082    18,369      898
                                               -------  --------  -------
Net cash provided by operating activities.....  62,252    86,243   62,284
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Additions to investments....................    (917)     (116)     (40)
  Proceeds from sales of investments..........   1,201       --         1
  Proceeds from maturity of investments.......   1,440     1,355    1,260
  Purchase of property and equipment..........  (1,428)   (1,689)  (3,218)
  Investment in real estate...................    (312)     (298)     --
  Other.......................................      25        18       50
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Net cash provided by (used in) investing
 activities...................................       9      (730)  (1,947)
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Cash dividends to parent....................     --    (10,000) (51,665)
  Change in due to/from affiliates--
   nonoperating............................... (60,040) (170,016) (37,888)
  Cash contributions from parent..............  13,236   111,718   44,033
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Net cash used in financing activities......... (46,804)  (68,298) (45,520)
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....  15,457    17,215   14,817
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
 period.......................................  26,331    41,788   59,003
                                               -------  --------  -------  ---
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.... $41,788    59,003   73,820
                                               =======  ========  =======  ===
Cash paid for income taxes.................... $33,084    43,667   65,754
                                               =======  ========  =======  ===
</TABLE>    
   
See notes 5, 6 and 7 for noncash investing and financing activities.     
          
       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.     
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                        WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.
 
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                        
                     DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997     
          
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES     
   
 Basis of Presentation     
   
  Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. is owned by Torchmark Corporation and
Torchmark's subsidiary, Liberty National Life Insurance Company (Liberty).
Torchmark and its subsidiaries, other than Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc., are
referred to herein as "Torchmark." In December 1997, Waddell & Reed Financial,
Inc.'s name was changed from United Investors Management Company to Waddell &
Reed Financial, Inc. In the first quarter of 1998, the insurance operations of
Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc., United Investors Life Insurance Company, were
distributed to Torchmark. Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.'s remaining
subsidiary is Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries
(WRFS).     
   
  The accompanying financial statements include the accounts of Waddell & Reed
Financial, Inc. and WRFS (the Company) for all periods presented (note 7).
Amounts for UILIC have been excluded for all periods presented. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in
consolidation.     
   
 Business     
   
  Through WRFS, the Company derives its revenue primarily from investment
management, administration, distribution and related services provided to the
United mutual funds and Waddell & Reed mutual funds (the Funds) and
institutional accounts in the United States. The Funds and institutional
accounts operate under various rules and regulations set forth by the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Services to the Funds are provided
under contracts that set forth the fees to be charged for these services. The
majority of these contracts are subject to annual review and approval by each
fund's Board of Directors/Trustees and stockholders. In 1997, the United
Income Fund represented approximately 16% of total revenues. No other fund
represented 10% or more of revenues. Company revenues are largely dependent on
the total value and composition of assets under management, which include
domestic and international equity and debt securities; accordingly,
fluctuations in financial markets and composition of assets under management
impact revenues and results of operations.     
   
 Cash and Cash Equivalents     
   
  Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and short-term investments.
The Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original
maturities of ninety days or less to be cash equivalents.     
   
 Revenue Recognition     
   
  Investment advisory and administrative service fees are recognized when
earned. Commission revenue and expenses (and related receivables and payables)
resulting from securities transactions are recorded on the date on which the
order to buy or sell securities is executed.     
   
 Advertising     
   
  Costs of advertising are expensed as incurred. Amounts charged to expense
were not significant for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
       
 Investments Securities and Investment in Affiliated Mutual Funds     
   
  All investments in debt securities and affiliated stock and fixed income
mutual funds are classified as available-for-sale. As a result, these
investments are recorded at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses,
net of related tax effects, are excluded from earnings until realized and are
reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity. Realized gains and
losses are computed using the specific identification method for investment
securities other than mutual funds. For mutual funds, realized gains and
losses are computed using the average cost method.     
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
 Concentration of Credit Risk     
   
  Financial instruments which potentially expose the Company to concentrations
of credit risk, as defined by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
(SFAS) No. 105, consist primarily of investments in U. S. government and
agency securities, municipal securities and affiliated money market and fixed
income mutual funds and accounts receivable. Credit risk is believed to be
minimal in that the U. S government and agency securities are backed by the
full faith and credit of the U. S. government, municipal securities are backed
by the full taxing power of the issuing municipality or revenues from a
specific project, and the affiliated mutual funds have substantial net assets.
       
 Property and Equipment     
   
  Property and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation on property and
equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets.     
   
 Goodwill     
   
  Goodwill, which represents the excess of purchase price over fair value of
net assets acquired, arose in connection with the acquisition of the Company
by Torchmark. Amortization is on a straight-line basis over forty years. The
Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill and measures impairment, if
any, by determining whether the unamortized balance can be recovered through
undiscounted future operating cash flows over its remaining life.     
   
 Deferred Sales Commissions     
   
  The Company defers certain costs, principally selling commissions, that are
paid to financial advisors in connection with the sale of certain shares of
Waddell & Reed mutual funds (W&R Funds). These costs are amortized on a
straight line basis over a period not exceeding ten years which approximates
the historical life of shareholder investments. The Company recovers such
costs through 12b-1 distribution fees, which are paid by the W&R Funds and a
contingent deferred sales charge paid by stockholders who redeem their shares
prior to completion of the required holding periods.     
   
 Income Taxes     
   
  The accounts of the Company are included in the consolidated federal income
tax return of Torchmark. The Company's provision for income taxes has been
made on the same basis as if the Company filed separate returns.     
   
 Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments     
   
  Given the nature of the Company's assets and liabilities, the Company
believes the amounts in the financial statements approximate fair value.     
   
 Pro Forma Net Income Per Share     
   
  In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 128, Earnings Per
Share, which revised the calculation and presentation provisions of Accounting
Principles Board Opinion 15 and related interpretations. SFAS No. 128 became
effective for the Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 1997. Pro forma
basic and diluted net income per share amounts have been presented under SFAS
No. 128.     
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
  Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share has been computed by
dividing net income, as adjusted to eliminate the after tax interest cost on
the Torchmark Notes, by 64,000,000 shares (the average number of shares
outstanding plus the number of shares, based on the mid-point of the offering
price, whose proceeds would be used to pay the Torchmark and Liberty notes
(note 6).) Diluted net income per share is the same as basic net income per
share as there are no dilutive securities.     
   
 Use of Estimates     
   
  Management of the Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions
relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities to prepare these financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.     
   
 Recent Accounting Developments     
   
  In 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, and
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related
Information. These statements, which are effective for periods beginning after
December 15, 1997, expand or modify disclosures. The Company does not expect
implementation to have any significant effect on the Company's reported
financial position, results of operations or segment reporting.     
   
(2) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     
   
  Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 1996 and 1997 includes reserves of
$15,028,000 and $14,943,000, respectively, for the benefit of customers in
compliance with securities industry regulations and an investment of
$4,344,000 and $325,000, respectively, in a money market fund for which the
Company is principal underwriter and investment advisor.     
   
(3) INVESTMENTS SECURITIES, AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE     
   
  Investments at December 31, 1996 and 1997 are as follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                       AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED  FAIR
                  1996                   COST      GAINS      LOSSES   VALUE
                  ----                 --------- ---------- ---------- ------
   <S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
   United States government-backed
    mortgage securities............... $  5,925      32        (17)     5,940
   Municipal bonds maturing:
     After five years but within ten
      years...........................   11,760     276        (42)    11,994
     After ten years..................    1,196      12        --       1,208
   Affiliated mutual funds............      833       9         (4)       838
                                       --------     ---        ---     ------
                                       $ 19,714     329        (63)    19,980
                                       ========     ===        ===     ======
<CAPTION>
                                       AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED  FAIR
                  1997                   COST      GAINS      LOSSES   VALUE
                  ----                 --------- ---------- ---------- ------
   <S>                                 <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
   United States government-backed
    mortgage securities............... $  4,749      86        --       4,835
   Municipal bonds maturing:
     Within five years................    3,017     115        --       3,132
     After five years but within ten
      years...........................    8,520     304        --       8,824
     After ten years..................    1,186       3         (2)     1,187
   Affiliated mutual funds............      949      50        --         999
                                       --------     ---        ---     ------
                                       $ 18,421     558         (2)    18,977
                                       ========     ===        ===     ======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
(4) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT     
   
  A summary of property and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1997 is as
follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                     ESTIMATED
                                               1996        1997     USEFUL LIVES
                                            ---------- ------------ ------------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                      <C>        <C>          <C>
   Land....................................  $ 1,717        1,717           --
   Building................................    6,242        6,257      40 years
   Furniture and fixtures..................    5,719        5,862    3-10 years
   Equipment and machinery.................    6,186        7,859    3-10 years
                                             -------     --------
   Property and equipment, at cost.........   19,864       21,695
   Less accumulated depreciation...........    9,472        9,637
                                             -------     --------
   Property and equipment, net.............  $10,392       12,058
                                             =======     ========
 
(5) INVESTMENT IN REAL ESTATE
 
  A summary of investment in rental real estate at December 31, 1996 is as
follows:
 
<CAPTION>
                                                        ESTIMATED
                                               1996    USEFUL LIVES
                                            ---------- ------------
                                               (IN
                                            THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                      <C>        <C>          <C>
   Land....................................  $ 7,784          --
   Buildings...............................   10,771     40 years
                                             -------
   Rental real estate, at cost.............   18,555
   Less accumulated depreciation...........    1,463
                                             -------
   Rental real estate, net.................  $17,092
                                             =======
</TABLE>    
   
  Rental income of $1,409,000, $1,682,000 and $0 for the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively, is included in investment and other
revenue. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997 was $367,000, $383,000 and $18,000, respectively.     
   
  Effective January 1, 1997, the Company contributed its investment in real
estate, which is located adjacent to its offices in Overland Park, Kansas, to
TMK Income Properties, L.P. (TMK) in exchange for a 14% limited partnership
interest in TMK. TMK is a limited partnership with other Torchmark affiliates
that was formed for the purpose of acquiring, developing and managing real
property. The property was transferred to TMK at the Company's net book value
as of December 31, 1996 in the amount of $11,961,000. Effective July 1, 1997,
the Company contributed additional land and land improvements for an
additional 5% interest in TMK. The land and improvements were transferred at
the Company's net book value in the amount of $5,113,000.     
   
(6) TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES     
   
  The Company serves as investment advisor to various affiliates of Torchmark
and receives advisory fees for this service. Advisory fees, which are based on
assets under management, amounted to $800,000, $1,037,000 and $1,241,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.     
   
  The Company earns commissions from Torchmark for marketing life and health
insurance products and variable annuities. For the years ended December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997, the commissions amounted to $26,267,000, $30,778,000 and
$30,612,000 respectively. These commissions were earned under contracts which
have been renewed for 1998 with substantially the same terms.     
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
  Torchmark performs certain administrative services for the Company. Charges
for such services which are allocated based on a defined formula that
allocates Torchmark's total costs for services provided based on each
affiliate's assets and compensation expense as a percentage of the total
affiliate assets and compensation expense. The Company believes the allocation
results in a reasonable allocation to the Company of costs. These charges were
$2,731,000, $2,189,000 and $2,008,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively.     
   
  The current amounts due from affiliates at December 31, 1996 and 1997
include interest bearing notes from Torchmark, noninterest bearing advances
for current operating expenses and commissions due from the sale of
affiliates' products. At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the 5.5% demand notes
amounted to $11,672,000 plus accrued interest. At December 31, 1996 and 1997,
the noncurrent amounts due from affiliates include a $123,947,000 note
receivable from Torchmark, plus $186,000 and $1,239,000, respectively, of
accrued interest. The 6% note requires semiannual interest payments and
matures May 1, 2000. Also included in the noncurrent portion is a $40,000,000
note receivable from Torchmark, due November, 1999 with interest at 8.1%.
During 1995, 1996 and 1997, amounts due from Torchmark aggregating
$69,098,000, $163,609,000 and $38,124,000, respectively, were forgiven and
charged against stockholders' equity.     
   
  The current amounts due to affiliates at December 31, 1996 and 1997 include
amounts due for administrative services. Included in the 1996 and 1997
noncurrent due to affiliates balance is a $123,947,000 note payable to
Torchmark, plus $186,000 and $1,239,000, respectively, of accrued interest.
The 6% note requires semiannual interest payments and matures May 1, 2000.
       
  Effective September 1997, Waddell & Reed Asset Management Company (WRAMCO),
a subsidiary of WRFS, was distributed to Torchmark at its net book value of
$2,977,000. WRAMCO provides investment management services to institutional
investors. Subsequent to the distribution date, WRFS provides advisory
investment management services to WRAMCO and receives a fee based upon assets
under management. The Company was paid $1,296,000 for investment advisory
services provided subsequent to the distribution date. The accompanying
financial statements include the amounts for WRAMCO. Subsequent to
distribution, the Company operates under a subadvisory agreement with WRAMCO
to provide approximately the same level of services as prior to the
distribution.     
   
  On November 25, 1997, the Company declared a $480,000,000 dividend evidenced
by two 8% promissory notes to Torchmark and Liberty. These notes are payable
on or before November 25, 2002 and require semiannual interest payments. Notes
aggregating $96,000,000 are due in 1998 and, accordingly, are classified in
the current portion of due to affiliates. The remaining $384,000,000 of these
notes is included in the long-term portion of due to affiliates. The notes are
mandatorily prepayable from the capital raised by the Company from a public or
private sale or offering of debt or equity securities.     
   
(7) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY     
   
  As discussed in note 1, the consolidated financial statements include only
amounts for the Company. Transactions involving former subsidiaries of Waddell
& Reed Financial, Inc., and Torchmark are reflected as due to/due from
affiliates. To the extent such transactions resulted in a gain or loss, such
amounts are reflected in additional paid-in capital or retained earnings.     
   
  Retained earnings have been charged for dividends and other distributions to
the Company's parent to the extent such retained earnings were sufficient. The
excess has been charged to additional paid-in capital with the remainder
classified as dividends in excess of retained earnings and additional paid-in
capital.     
 
                                     F-11
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
(8) INCOME TAXES     
   
  The components of total income tax expense are as follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                           1995     1996   1997
                                                         --------  ------ ------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                   <C>       <C>    <C>
   Currently payable:
     Federal............................................ $ 31,449  36,197 38,939
     State..............................................    3,829   5,469  5,889
                                                         --------  ------ ------
                                                           35,278  41,666 44,828
   Deferred taxes.......................................     (186)    827     27
                                                         --------  ------ ------
                                                         $ 35,092  42,493 44,855
                                                         ========  ====== ======
</TABLE>    
   
  The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets at December 31,
1996 and 1997 are as follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996     1997
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>      <C>
   Deferred tax liabilities:
     Deferred sales commissions................................ $(3,967) (4,680)
     Fixed assets..............................................    (418)   (824)
     Other.....................................................    (458)   (500)
                                                                -------  ------
   Total gross deferred liabilities............................  (4,843) (6,004)
                                                                -------  ------
   Deferred tax assets:
     Benefit plans.............................................   3,050   3,557
     Accrued expenses..........................................     966   1,442
                                                                -------  ------
   Total gross deferred assets.................................   4,016   4,999
                                                                -------  ------
   Net deferred tax liability.................................. $  (827) (1,005)
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>    
   
  A valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was not necessary at December
31, 1996 and 1997.     
   
  The following table reconciles the statutory federal income tax rate to the
Company's effective income tax rate:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                               1995  1996  1997
                                                               ----  ----  ----
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                         <C>   <C>   <C>
   Statutory federal income tax rate.......................... 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
   State income taxes, net of federal tax benefits............  2.9   3.1   3.3
   Other items................................................  1.7    .8    .7
                                                               ----  ----  ----
   Effective income tax rate.................................. 39.6% 38.9% 39.0%
                                                               ====  ====  ====
</TABLE>    
   
(9) RETIREMENT PLAN     
   
  The Company sponsors a noncontributory retirement plan which covers
substantially all employees and, prior to 1996, the employees of former
affiliates. As of December 31, 1995, former affiliates ceased participation in
the plan. Benefits payable under the plan are based on employees' years of
service and compensation during the final ten years of employment.     
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
  At December 31, 1996 and 1997, the assumed discount rate, the rate at which
the plan benefit obligations could be settled, was 7.5%. The estimated rate of
increase in future compensation levels used in determining the actuarial
present value of the projected benefit obligation was 4.5% for December 31,
1996 and 1997. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets was 9.25%
at December 31, 1996 and 1997.     
   
  The Company's funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount
that can be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are
intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but
also for those expected to be earned in the future.     
   
  All plan assets are commingled and available for distribution to all
participating employees, and thus, net pension cost for 1995 includes the cost
for the Company as well as affiliates.     
   
  Net pension cost for all companies for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 included the following components:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                         1995    1996    1997
                                                        ------  ------  ------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                  <C>     <C>     <C>
   Service cost--benefits earned during the period....  $2,365   1,304   1,511
   Interest cost on projected benefit obligation......   2,103   1,953   2,148
   Actual return on plan assets.......................  (3,626) (3,489) (4,102)
   Net amortization and deferral......................   2,078   1,679   1,987
                                                        ------  ------  ------
   Net periodic pension cost of all participating com-
    panies............................................  $2,920   1,447   1,544
                                                        ------  ------  ------
   Company portion....................................  $1,648   1,447   1,544
                                                        ======  ======  ======
</TABLE>    
   
  The following table sets forth the plan's funded status as of December 31,
1996 and 1997:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996     1997
                                                                -------  ------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                          <C>      <C>
   Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
     Vested benefits..........................................  $17,715  20,693
     Nonvested benefits.......................................      558     751
                                                                -------  ------
   Accumulated benefit obligation.............................   18,273  21,444
   Increase in benefits due to future compensation increases..    6,513   7,535
                                                                -------  ------
   Projected benefit obligation...............................   24,786  28,979
   Estimated fair market value of plan assets.................   23,483  25,689
                                                                -------  ------
   Projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets......    1,303   3,290
   Unrecognized net gain from past experience different from
    that assumed and effects of changes in assumptions........    3,482   2,989
   Unrecognized net transition obligation being recognized
    over 21.6 years...........................................     (114)   (108)
   Unrecognized prior service cost attributable to plan amend-
    ments.....................................................     (761)   (717)
                                                                -------  ------
   Pension liability of all participating companies...........  $ 3,910   5,454
                                                                =======  ======
   Company portion............................................  $ 6,711   8,299
                                                                =======  ======
</TABLE>    
   
  As of December 31, 1995, former affiliates ceased participation in the plan,
which resulted in a decrease in projected benefits of the Plan.     
       
                                     F-13
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
             
          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
(10) POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS OTHER THAN PENSIONS     
   
  The Company sponsors an unfunded defined benefit postretirement medical plan
that covers substantially all its employees. The plan is contributory with
retiree contributions adjusted annually.     
   
  Net periodic postretirement benefit cost for the year ended December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997 included the following components:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                              1995  1996  1997
                                                              ----  ----  ----
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                        <C>   <C>   <C>
   Service cost-benefits attributed to service during the
    year..................................................... $ 48   48    48
   Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obli-
    gation...................................................   71   70    68
   Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost...........  (18) (18)  (19)
                                                              ----  ---   ---
   Net periodic postretirement benefit cost.................. $101  100    97
                                                              ====  ===   ===
</TABLE>    
   
  The following table sets forth the plan's funded status as of December 31,
1996 and 1997:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1996  1997
                                                                 ------ -----
                                                                     (IN
                                                                  THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                           <C>    <C>
   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (APBO):
     Retirees................................................... $  356   405
     Fully eligible active plan participants....................    134   190
     Other active plan participants.............................    382   547
                                                                 ------ -----
   Total APBO...................................................    872 1,142
                                                                 ------ -----
     Unrecognized prior service cost............................    223   191
     Actuarial experience.......................................    132  (102)
                                                                 ------ -----
   Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of
    plan assets................................................. $1,227 1,231
                                                                 ====== =====
</TABLE>    
   
  The significant assumptions used in computing the APBO as of December 31,
1996 and 1997 are as follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                1996              1997
                                          ----------------- -----------------
   <S>                                    <C>               <C>
   Assumed health care cost trend rate
    used to measure the expected cost of
    benefits covered by the plan:
     Current year........................        10%                9%
     Thereafter.......................... Decrease annually Decrease annually
                                           to 5.5% by 2018   to 5.5% by 2019
   Discount rate.........................       7.5%              7.5%
</TABLE>    
   
  The health care cost trend rate assumption can effect the expenses and
obligations. The effect of a 1% increase each year in the assumed health care
cost trend rate on the aggregate of the service and interest cost components of
net periodic postretirement benefit cost would be an increase of approximately
$34,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997. The effect on the APBO as of
December 31, 1997 would be an increase of approximately $217,000.     
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
             
          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
(11) SAVINGS AND INVESTMENT PLAN     
   
  The Company has a savings and investment plan covering substantially all
employees. The plan provides for a matching corporate contribution of 50% of
the employee's investment in mutual fund shares and/or Torchmark stock, not to
exceed 3% of the employee's salary.     
   
  The charge to expense for this plan for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 was $626,000, $641,000 and $716,000, respectively.     
   
(12) EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS     
   
  Under the provisions of the Torchmark Corporation 1987 Stock Incentive Plan
(1987 Option Plan), certain employees and directors of the Company have been
granted options to buy shares of Torchmark stock generally at the market value
of the stock on the date of grant. The options are exercisable during a period
of up to ten years and two days after grant. Employee stock options granted
under the 1987 Option Plan generally vest one-half in two years and one-half in
three years. Director grants generally vest in six months.     
   
  In October 1995, the FASB issued Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-
Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), which was effective for the Company
beginning January 1, 1996. SFAS No. 123 defines the "fair value method" of
accounting for employee stock options. It also allows accounting for such
options under the "intrinsic value method" in accordance with Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB
No. 25) and related interpretations. If a company elects to use the intrinsic
value method, pro forma disclosures of earnings and earnings per share are
required as if the fair value method of accounting was applied. The effects of
applying SFAS No. 123 in the pro forma disclosures are not necessarily
indicative of future amounts because the pro forma disclosures do not take into
account the amortization of the fair value of awards granted prior to 1995.
       
  The Company has elected to account for stock options under the intrinsic
value method. The fair value method requires use of the Black-Scholes option
valuation model to value employee stock options. The Black-Scholes option
valuation model was not developed for use in valuing employee stock options.
Instead, this model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of
traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable.
In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because Torchmark's
employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those
of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can
materially affect the fair value estimate, it is management's opinion that the
existing models do not provide a reliable measure of the fair value of its
employee stock options. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation expense
is only recognized if the exercise price of the employee stock option is less
than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant.
Accordingly, the Company has recognized no compensation expense for options
granted in 1995, 1996 or 1997.     
   
  In accordance with SFAS No. 123, the fair value for Torchmark's employee
stock options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for 1996 and
1997:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                     1996  1997
                                                                     ----  ----
   <S>                                                               <C>   <C>
   Risk-free interest rate..........................................  6.4%  6.4%
   Dividend yield...................................................  3.7   1.7
   Volatility factor................................................ 22.8  21.1
   Weighted average expected life (in years)........................ 4.17  3.93
</TABLE>    
   
  The weighted average fair values of an option granted during the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997 were $4.93 and $8.36, respectively.     
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
            
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
  For the purpose of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The
Company's pro forma information follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                           1996        1997
                                                        ----------- ----------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                                          PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
   <S>                                                  <C>         <C>
   Actual net income................................... $    66,700     70,292
   Pro forma net income................................ $    65,958     68,022
                                                        ----------- ----------
   Proforma net income per share, as adjusted for SFAS
    No. 123:
     Basic and diluted.................................             $     1.06
                                                                    ==========
</TABLE>    
   
  A summary of stock option activity and related information for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                 1995                1996                1997
                          ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                                     WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED            WEIGHTED
                                     AVERAGE             AVERAGE             AVERAGE
                                     EXERCISE            EXERCISE            EXERCISE
                           OPTIONS    PRICE    OPTIONS    PRICE    OPTIONS    PRICE
                          ---------  -------- ---------  -------- ---------  --------
<S>                       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
Outstanding at beginning
 of year................  1,335,984   $16.21  1,596,642   $18.11  1,738,442   $19.54
Granted.................    373,600    21.69    277,600    24.88    688,292    35.98
Exercised...............   (105,126)    6.72   (130,800)   13.49   (927,024)   17.68
Expired.................     (7,816)   17.00     (5,000)   17.00     (3,020)   22.27
                          ---------   ------  ---------   ------  ---------   ------
Outstanding at end of
 year...................  1,596,642   $18.11  1,738,442   $19.54  1,496,690   $28.25
                          ---------   ------  ---------   ------  ---------   ------
Exercisable at end of
 year...................    660,934   $17.36    999,742   $17.48    868,798   $31.18
                          =========   ======  =========   ======  =========   ======
</TABLE>    
   
(13) UNIFORM CAPITAL RULE REQUIREMENTS     
   
  Waddell & Reed, Inc. (W&R), a subsidiary of the Company, is a registered
broker-dealer and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealer,
Inc. and therefore is subject to a requirement of the SEC's Uniform Net
Capital Rule, requiring the maintenance of certain minimal capital levels. At
December 31, 1997, W&R had net capital, as defined by the Uniform Capital
Rule, of $7,745,000 which is $4,628,000 in excess of the required net capital.
       
(14) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES     
   
 Rental Expense and Lease Commitments     
   
  The Company rents certain sales and other office space under long-term
operating leases. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and
1997, was $3,459,000, $3,824,000 and $4,397,000 respectively. Future minimum
rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases are as follows:     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                 --------------
   <S>                                                           <C>
   Minimum remaining rental commitments years ended December 31:
     1998.....................................................      $ 2,589
     1999.....................................................        1,612
     2000.....................................................          961
     2001.....................................................          330
     2002.....................................................           85
                                                                    -------
                                                                    $ 5,577
                                                                    =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                     F-16
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC.     
             
          NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)     
   
  New leases are expected to be executed as existing leases expire. Thus,
future minimum lease commitments are not expected to be less than those in
1998.     
   
 Contingencies     
   
  From time to time, the Company is a party to various claims arising in the
ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, after consultation
with legal counsel, it is unlikely that any adverse determination in one or
more pending claims would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.     
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
 
                         
                      PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     
   
  The following pro forma balance sheet reflects (1) payment of notes due from
Torchmark with Torchmark Preferred Stock, (2) a prepayment of $90 million plus
all outstanding interest on the Second Liberty Note and a prepayment of $34
million plus all outstanding interest on the First Liberty Note, in each case
with Torchmark Preferred Stock, (3) the application of the net proceeds of the
Offering to make a prepayment of $428 million on the Notes and, (4) prepayment
of the remaining balance of the Notes and accrued interest with Torchmark
Preferred Stock as if these transactions had occurred on December 31, 1997.
The pro forma Consolidated Statement of Operations reflects the aforementioned
transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 1997.     
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
   
                 
              WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES     
                      
                   PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS     
                                
                             DECEMBER 31, 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PRO
                                               HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS     FORMA
                                               ---------- -----------    -------
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>            <C>
                    ASSETS
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................  $ 73,820                  73,820
  Investment securities, available-for-sale       18,977                  18,977
  Receivables:
    United funds and W&R funds................     4,031                   4,031
    Customers and other.......................    11,840                  11,840
  Due from affiliates.........................    17,232    (13,598)(1)    3,634
  Deferred income taxes.......................     1,241                   1,241
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets...     2,991                   2,991
                                                --------                 -------
    Total current assets......................   130,132                 116,534
  Due from affiliates.........................   175,450   (175,450)(1)      --
  Torchmark Preferred Stock...................       --     189,048 (1)    8,000
                                                           (125,186)(2)
                                                            (55,862)(2)
  Property and equipment, net.................    12,058                  12,058
  Investment in real estate, net..............       --                      --
  Investment in real estate partnership.......    17,544                  17,544
  Deferred sales commissions, net.............    12,316                  12,316
  Goodwill (net of accumulated amortization of
   $14,575
   and $17,479)...............................    98,831                  98,831
  Other assets................................       633                     633
                                                --------                 -------
    Total assets..............................  $446,964                 265,916
                                                ========                 =======
     LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
 Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable............................  $ 22,929                  22,929
  Due to affiliates...........................   102,459    (96,000)(3)    2,597
                                                             (3,862)(2)
  Accrued sales force compensation............     8,666                   8,666
  Income taxes payable........................     3,314                   3,314
  Other current liabilities...................    18,525                  18,525
                                                --------                 -------
    Total current liabilities.................   155,893                  56,031
  Due to affiliates...........................   509,186   (332,000)(3)
                                                           (125,186)(2)
                                                            (52,000)(2)      --
  Deferred income taxes.......................     2,246                   2,246
  Accrued pensions and post-retirement costs..     9,530                   9,530
  Other liabilities...........................       --                      --
                                                --------                 -------
    Total liabilities.........................   676,855                  67,807
                                                --------                 -------
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Common stock ...............................       423        217 (3)      640
  Additional paid-in capital..................       --     197,125 (3)  197,125
  Retained earnings...........................       --                      --
  Dividends in excess of retained earnings and
   additional
   paid-in capital............................  (230,658)   230,658 (3)      --
  Unrealized gain on available-for-sale
   securities.................................       344                     344
                                                --------                 -------
    Total Stockholders' equity (deficit)......  (229,891)                198,109
                                                --------                 -------
Total liabilities and Stockholders' equity....  $446,964                 265,916
                                                ========                 =======
</TABLE>    
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
 
- --------
          
(1) To reflect payment of notes due from Torchmark with Torchmark Preferred
    Stock.     
   
(2) To reflect payment of $52 million of the Torchmark Note, $90 million of the
    Second Liberty Note, $34 million of the First Liberty Note, and accrued
    interest, with Torchmark Preferred Stock.     
   
(3) To reflect proceeds from the Offering and the use of proceeds to pay the
    remainder of the Notes.     
       
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
 
                 
              WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES     
                 
              PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS     
                          
                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1997     
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                             HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA
                             ---------- -----------   ---------
                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT
                                  FOR PER SHARE AMOUNT)
<S>                          <C>        <C>           <C>
Revenue:
  Investment management
   fees.....................  $117,784                 117,784
  Underwriting and
   distribution fees:
    United Funds and W&R
     Funds..................    58,815                  58,815
    Affiliates..............    30,612                  30,612
  Shareholder service fees..    30,763                  30,763
  Investment and other
   revenue..................     3,798                   3,798
                              --------                 -------
    Total revenue...........   241,772                 241,772
                              --------                 -------
Expenses:
  Underwriting and
   distribution.............    79,995                  79,995
  Compensation and related
   costs....................    26,618                  26,618
  General and
   administrative...........    15,826                  15,826
  Depreciation..............     1,307                   1,307
  Amortization of goodwill..     2,903                   2,903
                              --------                 -------
    Total expenses..........   126,649                 126,649
                              --------                 -------
    Income before interest
     and income taxes.......   115,123                 115,123
Interest
  Income....................    11,323    (11,323)(1)      --
  Expense...................   (11,299)    11,299 (2)      --
                              --------                 -------
    Income before income
     taxes..................   115,147                 115,123
Income taxes................    44,855         (9)(2)   44,846
                              --------    -------      -------
    Net income..............  $ 70,292        (15)      70,277
                              ========    =======      =======
Pro forma net income per
 share:
  Basic and diluted.........                           $  1.10
                                                       =======
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) To eliminate interest income on amounts due from Torchmark.     
   
(2) To eliminate interest expense on the Notes.     
   
(3) Tax effects of the above.     
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                 International Prospectus Alternate Cover Page
 
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
   
Issued February 17, 1998     
                                
                             21,700,000 Shares     
                         Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
                              CLASS A COMMON STOCK
 
                                  -----------
    
 OF THE  21,700,000 SHARES OF  CLASS A  COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 4,340,000
  SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE  THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY
    THE INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS AND  17,360,000 SHARES ARE BEING  OFFERED
     INITIALLY IN THE  UNITED STATES AND CANADA  BY THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS.
      ALL SHARES  OF CLASS A COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE  BEING SOLD
        BY THE  COMPANY.  IT IS  CURRENTLY  ESTIMATED THAT  THE  INITIAL
         PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE  PER SHARE WILL BE  BETWEEN $20 AND $22
          PER  SHARE.  SEE "UNDERWRITERS"  FOR  A  DISCUSSION OF  THE
              FACTORS TO BE  CONSIDERED IN  DETERMINING THE  INITIAL
             PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.     
   
THE COMPANY  HAS TWO CLASSES OF  AUTHORIZED COMMON STOCK CONSISTING OF  CLASS A
 COMMON  STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY AND  CLASS  B COMMON  STOCK (COLLECTIVELY,  THE
  "COMMON STOCK").  SEE "DESCRIPTION  OF CAPITAL STOCK."  HOLDERS OF  CLASS A
   COMMON STOCK ARE ENTITLED  TO ONE VOTE  PER SHARE AND  HOLDERS OF CLASS B
   COMMON  STOCK  ARE  ENTITLED TO  FIVE  VOTES  PER SHARE  ON  EACH  MATTER
    SUBMITTED TO  A VOTE OF STOCKHOLDERS.  ALL OF THE CLASS B  COMMON STOCK
     IS BENEFICIALLY OWNED BY  TORCHMARK CORPORATION. SUBSTANTIALLY ALL OF
      THE NET PROCEEDS OF THE OFFERING WILL BE USED TO PREPAY OUTSTANDING
       INDEBTEDNESS   TO   TORCHMARK   CORPORATION  AND   ONE   OF   ITS
       SUBSIDIARIES. SEE "USE OF PROCEEDS."  ALL HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
        ARE ENTITLED  TO RECEIVE SUCH DIVIDENDS AND   DISTRIBUTIONS, IF
         ANY, AS  MAY BE DECLARED  FROM TIME TO  TIME BY THE  BOARD OF
          DIRECTORS.     
 
                                  -----------
     
  THE CLASS A COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING, SUBJECT TO OFFICIAL
  NOTICE OF ISSUANCE, ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE UNDER THE TRADING SYMBOL
                                  "WDR."     
 
                                  -----------
    
 SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE
                   CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.     
 
                                  -----------
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE  SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY OF  THIS PROSPECTUS.  ANY     REPRESENTATION TO  THE
   CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
                               PRICE $    A SHARE
 
                                  -----------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     PRICE TO UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS PROCEEDS TO
                                      PUBLIC    AND COMMISSIONS(1)   COMPANY(2)
                                     -------- ---------------------- -----------
<S>                                  <C>      <C>                    <C>
Per Share...........................   $               $                 $
Total(3)............................  $               $                 $
</TABLE>
- -----
  (1) The Company and Torchmark Corporation have agreed to indemnify the
      Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
      Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriters."
  (2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company, estimated at $  .
     
  (3) The Company has granted the U.S. Underwriters an option exercisable
      within 30 days of the date hereof to purchase up to an aggregate of
      2,170,000 additional shares of Class A Common Stock at the price to the
      public shown above less underwriting discounts and commissions for the
      purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the U.S. Underwriters
      exercise such option in full, the total price to the public, underwriting
      discounts and commissions, and proceeds to the Company will be $   ,
      $   , and $   , respectively. See "Underwriters."     
 
                                  -----------
  The Class A Common Stock is offered subject to prior sale, when, as, and if
accepted by the Underwriters and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel to the Underwriters, and
to certain other conditions. It is expected that delivery of the Class A Common
Stock will be made on or about    , 1998 at the offices of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated, New York, New York, against payment therefor in immediately
available funds.
 
                                  -----------
MORGAN STANLEY DEAN WITTER
                           
                        GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL     
                                                   
                                               MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL     
       
     , 1998
 
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  The following table indicates the estimated expenses to be incurred in
connection with the Offering, all of which will be paid by the Company.
 
<TABLE>   
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   SEC registration fee............................................... $177,728
   NASD fee...........................................................   30,500
   NYSE listing fee...................................................     *
   Accounting fees and expenses.......................................     *
   Legal fees and expenses............................................     *
   Printing and engraving.............................................     *
   Transfer Agent's fees..............................................     *
   Blue Sky fees and expenses (including counsel fees)................     *
   Miscellaneous expenses.............................................     *
                                                                       --------
     Total............................................................ $   *
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
* To be supplied by amendment
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation provides that no director of the
Company will be personally liable to the Company or any of its stockholders
for monetary damages arising from the director's breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, with certain limited expectations. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions--Liability of
Directors; Indemnification" in the Prospectus.
 
  Pursuant to the provisions of (S) 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law, every Delaware corporation has the power to indemnify any person who was
or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit, or proceeding (other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a
director, officer, employee, or agent of any corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise, against any and all expenses, judgments,
fines, and amounts paid in settlement and reasonably incurred in connection
with such action, suit, or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies only if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably
believed to be in the best interest, or not opposed to the best interest, of
the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
 
  The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the
corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense and settlement expenses
and not to any satisfaction of a judgment or settlement of the claim itself,
and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification will
be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct unless
the court, in its discretion, believes that in light of all the circumstances
indemnification should apply.
 
  To the extent any of the persons referred to in the two immediately
preceding paragraphs is successful in the defense of such actions, such person
is entitled, pursuant to Section 145, to indemnification as described above.
 
  The Company's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide for
indemnification to officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. See "Description of Capital
Stock--Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaw Provisions--Liability of
Directors; Indemnification" in the Prospectus.
 
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
   
  The form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 contains agreements
of indemnity between the Company and the Underwriters and controlling persons
against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act, or will contribute to payments which the Underwriters or any such
controlling persons may be required to make in respect thereof.     
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
  None.
 
ITEMS 16. EXHIBITS
 
  (a) Exhibits:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
  1.1+   --Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1+   --Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2+   --Bylaws of the Company
  4.1*   --Specimen of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2+   --Promissory Note of United Investors Management Company, payable to
          Torchmark Corporation,
          dated November 25, 1997
  4.3+   --Promissory Note of United Investors Management Company, payable to
          Liberty National Life
          Insurance Company, dated November 25, 1997
  4.4**  --Promissory Note of Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., payable
          to United Investors Management Company, dated December 23, 1996
  4.5**  --Assignment by United Investors Management Company to Liberty
          National Life Insurance Company, dated December 23, 1996
         --Form of Opinion of Hughes & Luce, L.L.P. regarding legality of
  5.1*    securities being registered
 10.1+   --Form of Public Offering and Separation Agreement between Torchmark
          Corporation and Waddell
          & Reed Financial, Inc.
 10.2+   --Form of Tax Disaffiliation Agreement between Torchmark Corporation
          and Waddell & Reed
          Financial, Inc.
 10.3*   --Form of Investment Services Agreement between Waddell & Reed
          Investment
          Management Company and Waddell & Reed Asset Management Company.
 10.4*   --General Agent Contract, dated January 1, 1985, between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company
          and W&R Insurance Agency, Inc.
 10.5*   --Form of Amendment Extending General Agent Contract between United
          Investors Life Insurance
          Company and W & R Insurance Agency, Inc.
 10.6*   --Independent Agent Contract, dated June 25, 1997, between United
          American Insurance Company,
          W & R Insurance Agency, Inc., and affiliates identified therein.
 10.7*   --Form of Amendment Extending Independent Agent Contract between
          United American Insurance
          Company, W & R Insurance Agency, Inc., and affiliates identified
          therein.
 10.8*   --Form of The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
 10.9*   --Form of The 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
 10.10*  --Form of The 1998 Executive Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan.
 10.11*  --Form of Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan.
 10.12*  --Form of Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Retirement Income Plan.
 10.13*  --Form of Waddell & Reed, Inc. Career Field Retirement Plan.
 10.14*  --Form of Maintenance Agreement between an affiliate of Waddell & Reed
          Financial, Inc. and TMK Income Properties, L.P.
 10.15*  --Form of Amendment Extending Distribution Contract between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and TMK/United Funds, Inc.
 10.16*  --Distribution Contract, dated April 4, 1997, between United Investors
          Life Insurance Company and TMK/United Funds, Inc.
 10.17*  --Form of Amendment Extending Principal Underwriting Agreement between
          United Investors Life Insurance Company and Waddell & Reed, Inc.
 10.18*  --Principal Underwriting Agreement, dated May 1, 1990, between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and Waddell & Reed, Inc.
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                        DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                       ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
 10.19*  --Form of Administrative Services Agreement between Waddell & Reed
          Investment Management Company and Waddell & Reed Asset Management
          Company.
 10.20*  --Form of Reciprocity Agreement between Torchmark Corporation and
          Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 21.1+   --Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 23.1*   --Consent of Hughes & Luce, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 23.2**  --Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 24.1+   --Powers of Attorney (appearing on Signature Page of Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 filed
          January 2, 1998, Registration No. 333-43687).
 27.1+   --Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
 *To be filed by amendment.
**Filed herewith.
 +Previously filed.
 
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
 
  Financial statement schedules are omitted as not required or not applicable
or because the information is included in the Financial Statements or notes
thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the underwriting agreements, the
Company's Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, Delaware law or otherwise, the
Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless
in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
    (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
  the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
  Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
  of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
  497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
  Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
    (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
  Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall
  be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
  offered therein, and the Offering of such securities at that time shall be
  deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THE REGISTRANT HAS DULY
CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF OVERLAND PARK, STATE OF
KANSAS, ON FEBRUARY 17, 1998.     
 
                                         Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 
                                                   
                                         By:       /s/ Ronald K. Richey 
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                   RONALD K. RICHEY, 
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD
 
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BELOW BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND
ON THE DATES INDICATED.
 
<TABLE>     
<CAPTION> 
             SIGNATURE                       TITLE                 DATE
             ---------                       -----                 ----
<S>                                   <C>                   <C>  
                 *                    Chairman of the       February 17, 1998
- ------------------------------------   Board                   
          RONALD K. RICHEY                                      
 
                                                               
        /s/ Keith A. Tucker           President, Chief      February 17, 1998
- ------------------------------------   Executive Officer,       
          KEITH A. TUCKER              and Director       
         *ATTORNEY-IN-FACT             (Principal         
                                       Financial Officer) 
 
                 *                    Vice-President,       February 17, 1998
- ------------------------------------   Secretary, and                       
       FRANCIS B. JACOBS, II           Director                
 
                 *                    Principal             February 17, 1998
- ------------------------------------   Accounting Officer                   
         MICHAEL D. STROHM                                      
</TABLE>      
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                          DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBIT
 -------                         ----------------------
 <C>     <S>
  1.1+   --Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1+   --Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
  3.2+   --Bylaws of the Company
  4.1*   --Specimen of Common Stock Certificate
  4.2+   --Promissory Note of United Investors Management Company, payable to
          Torchmark Corporation, dated November 25, 1997
  4.3+   --Promissory Note of United Investors Management Company, payable to
          Liberty National Life Insurance Company, dated November 25, 1997
  4.4**  --Promissory Note of Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., payable
          to United Investors Management Company, dated December 23, 1996
  4.5**  --Assignment by United Investor Management Company to Liberty National
          Life Insurance Company, dated December 23, 1996
  5.1*   --Form of Opinion of Hughes & Luce, L.L.P. regarding legality of
          securities being registered
 10.1+   --Form of Public Offering and Separation Agreement between Torchmark
          Corporation and Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 10.2+   --Form of Tax Disaffiliation Agreement between Torchmark Corporation
          and Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 10.3*   --Form of Investment Services Agreement between Waddell & Reed
          Investment Management Company and Waddell & Reed Asset Management
          Company.
 10.4*   --General Agent Contract, dated January 1, 1985, between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and W&R Insurance Agency, Inc.
 10.5*   --Form of Amendment Extending General Agent Contract between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and W & R Insurance Agency, Inc.
 10.6*   --Independent Agent Contract, dated June 25, 1997, between United
          American Insurance Company, W & R Insurance Agency, Inc., and
          affiliates identified therein.
 10.7*   --Form of Amendment Extending Independent Agent Contract between
          United American Insurance Company, W & R Insurance Agency, Inc., and
          affiliates identified therein.
 10.8*   --Form of The 1998 Stock Incentive Plan.
 10.9*   --Form of The 1998 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan.
 10.10*  --Form of The 1998 Executive Deferred Compensation Stock Option Plan.
 10.11*  --Form of Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan.
 10.12*  --Form of Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. Retirement Income Plan.
 10.13*  --Form of Waddell & Reed, Inc. Career Field Retirement Plan.
 10.14*  --Form of Maintenance Agreement between an affiliate of Waddell & Reed
          Financial, Inc. and TMK Income Properties, L.P.
 10.15*  --Form of Amendment Extending Distribution Contract between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and TMK/United Funds, Inc.
 10.16*  --Distribution Contract, dated April 4, 1997, between United Investors
          Life Insurance Company and TMK/United Funds, Inc.
 10.17*  --Form of Amendment Extending Principal Underwriting Agreement between
          United Investors Life Insurance Company and Waddell & Reed, Inc.
 10.18*  --Principal Underwriting Agreement, dated May 1, 1990, between United
          Investors Life Insurance Company and Waddell & Reed, Inc.
 10.19*  --Form of Administrative Services Agreement between Waddell & Reed
          Investment Management Company and Waddell & Reed Asset Management
          Company.
 10.20*  --Form of Reciprocity Agreement between Torchmark Corporation and
          Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 21.1+   --Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 23.1*   --Consent of Hughes & Luce, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
 23.2**  --Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 24.1+   --Powers of Attorney (appearing on Signature Page of Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 filed January 2, 1998, Registration No. 333-
          43687).
 27.1+   --Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>    
- --------
 *To be filed by amendment.
**Filed herewith.
 +Previously filed.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 4.4

                                PROMISSORY NOTE
                                ---------------

Shawnee Mission, Kansas
December 23, 1996                                                   $123,947,000


     For value received, Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., a Missouri 
corporation ("Maker"), hereby promises to pay on or before May 1, 2000 to United
Investors Management Company, a Delaware corporation, ("Payee"), or registered 
assigns, at its executive offices in Wilmington, Delaware, or such other place 
as the Payee may designate in writing, up to the principal sum of One Hundred 
Twenty-Three Million, Nine Hundred Forty-Seven Thousand Dollars (123,947,000) 
together with interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the date 
hereof until maturity on the unpaid principal balance, such interest being 
calculated on a 30-360 day basis and being payable semiannually in arrears May 1
and November 1 commencing May 1, 1997.

     Maker shall have the right to prepay, without penalty or premium, all or a 
portion of the principal in increments of $5,000,000 at any time after the date
hereof, upon twenty-four (24) hours notice delivered to the Payee at its 
designated address, by the payment of the amount fixed for prepayment together 
with interest accrued to the prepayment date on such prepaid principal.

     Maker and each surety, endorser, guarantor, and other party ever liable for
a payment of any sums of money payable on this note, jointly and severally, 
waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of protest and agree that their 
liability under this note shall not be affected by any renewal or extension in 
the time of payment hereof, or by any indulgences, or by any reason of change in
any security for the payment of this note, and hereby consent to any and all 
renewals, extensions, indulgences, releases or changes, regardless of the number
of such renewals, extensions, indulgences, releases or changes.

     This note and the provisions thereof are to be construed according to and 
are to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, Waddell & Reed Financial Services, 
Inc., has caused this note to be duly executed under its hand and seal as of the
day and year first above written.

                                   WADDELL & REED FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.

                                   By: /s/ Robert L. Hechler                 
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Vice President

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     Exhibit 4.5

                                  Assignment


     United Investors Management Company ("UIMCO"), a Delaware corporation, 
hereby assigns, transfers and conveys to Liberty National Life Insurance Company
("LNL"), an Alabama corporation, that Promissory Note dated December 23, 1996 of
Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc. payable to said UIMCO in the original 
principal amount of $123,947,000, effective this 23rd day of December, 1996. 
Said Promissory Note, which is attached hereto, is assigned by UIMCO to LNL in 
partial satisfaction of a dividend of even date on the outstanding common stock 
of UIMCO held of record by LNL in the total amount of $133,947,000.

     In Witness Whereof, the undersigned, UIMCO has caused this Assignment to be
duly executed under its hand and seal on this 23rd day of December, 1996.


                                           United Investors Management Company
                                           
                                           
Attest: /s/ Carol A. McCoy                 by /s/ Michael Klyce          
       --------------------------            -----------------------------
       Assistant Secretary                   Its Treasurer

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.2
 
                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
 
The Board of Directors
Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
 
  We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to
our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.
 
                                          KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
 
Kansas City, Missouri
   
February 15, 1998     


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission